Class 12 – Page 10 – Maharashtra Board Solutions

12th OCM Chapter 6 Exercise Social Responsibilities of Business Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

March 28, 2025March 27, 2025 by Bhagya

Social Responsibilities of Business 12th OCM Chapter 6 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 12th Textbook Solutions Chapter 6 Social Responsibilities of Business Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 12 OCM Chapter 6 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct options and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
Business is a ………………. activity.
(a) socio-economic
(b) service
(c) charitable
Answer:
socio-economic

Question 2.
Business organisation should try to make ……………… utilisation of natural resources.
(a) minimum
(b) maximum
(c) optimum
Answer:
optimum

Question 3.
For economic growth and national security ………………. stability is required.
(a) political
(b) social
(c) economic
Answer:
political

Question 4.
Making timely payment of proper taxes is the responsibility of organisation towards ………………
(a) Shareholders
(b) Customers
(c) Government
Answer:
Government

Question 5.
Businessmen are ………………… of the society.
(a) Representatives
(b) Leaders
(c) Trustees
Answer:
Trustees

Question 6.
Business should provide periodic information to ………………
(a) customers
b) owners
(c) employees
Answer:
owners

Question 7.
Business should offer adequate opportunities of promotion to their ………………
(a) employees
(b) customers
(c) investors
Answer:
employees

Question 8.
The term ‘Ethics’ is derived from the ………………. word ‘Ethos’ which means character.
(a) Latin
(b) French
(c) Greek
Answer:
Greek

Question 9.
Business ethics refers to the ……………… system of principles.
(a) economic
(b) social
(c) moral
Answer:
moral

Question 10.
Business organisation should protect health and provide safety measures to ………………
(a) employees
(b) owners
(c) investors
Answer:
employees

Question 11.
At least ………………….. of the average net profit should be spent on C.S.R.
(a) 5%
(b) 2%
(c) 3%.
Answer:
2%.

1. (B) Match the pairs

Question 1.

Group A	Group B
(A) Employees	(1) Good quality product
(B) Responsibility to investors	(2) To maintain solvency and prestige
(C) Responsibility towards government	(3) To serve society
(D) Economic objective	(4) Voluntary
(E) Business ethics	(5) Job security
	(6) Compulsory
	(7) Respecting rules and regulations
	(8) To earn profit
	(9) Branch of Social Science
	(10) Protection and environment

Answer:

Group A	Group B
(A) E-business	(5) Job security
(B) B2C	(2) To maintain solvency and prestige
(C) Outsourcing	(7) Respecting rules and regulations
(D) Digital cash	(8) To earn profit
(E) Registration	(9) Branch of Social Science

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term for the following statement

Question 1.
Name the philosophy related to social responsibility propounded by Mahatma Gandhi.
Answer:
Trusteeship

Question 2.
Duties, obligations of business directed towards welfare of society.
Answer:
Social Responsibility

Question 3.
Getting good quality products is the basic right of this group of society.
Answer:
Consumers

Question 4.
Providing fair returns on investment is the responsibility of organisation towards this group.
Answer:
Investors

Question 5.
Rules of standard dealing with morality in business environment.
Answer:
Business Ethics

Question 6.
An activity motivated by profit.
Answer:
Business

Question 7.
Earning foreign exchange is the responsibility of the organisation towards this group.
Answer:
Government

Question 8.
Employment generation is the responsibility of the organisation towards this group.
Answer:
Society

1. (D) State whether following statement are true or false

Question 1.
Businessmen are trustees of the society.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Business ethics is a code of conduct.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
The commercial organisation are expected to uplift the weaker section of the society.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
It is the responsibility of commercial organisation to maintain industrial peace.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
Owners should not get complete and accurate information about the financial position.
Answer:
False

Question 6.
Media does not play important role in public life.
Answer:
False

Question 7.
Social responsibility is broader than legal responsibility of business.
Answer:
True

1. (E) Find the odd one

Question 1.
Job security, health and safety measures, good working condition, reasonable profit.
Answer:
reasonable profit

Question 2.
Good quality products, fair prices, honest advertising, prevent congestion in cities.
Answer:
prevent congestion in cities

Question 3.
Timely payment of taxes, earning foreign exchange, creating goodwill, political stability.
Answer:
creating goodwill

Question 4.
Protection of environment, maintain transparency, employment generation, development of backward region.
Answer:
maintain transparency

Question 5.
Proper conduct of meeting, careful use of capital, fair prices of products, maintain solvency and prestige.
Answer:
fair prices of products.

1. (F) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
Business organisation can maximise profitability by …………….. wastage.
Answer:
minimising

Question 2.
Social responsibility is broader than …………….. responsibility.
Answer:
legal

Question 3.
The concept of trusteeship was propounded by ……………….
Answer:
Mahatma Gandhi

Question 4.
Business should earn ………………. profit.
Answer:
reasonable

Question 5.
……………….. should be fixed according to the nature and importance of work.
Answer:
Remuneration

Question 6.
The word ‘Ethics’ is derived from the Greek word ………………..
Answer:
Ethos

1. (g) Select the correct option

(Responsibilities towards shareholders, Responsibilities towards consumers, Responsibilities towards government. Responsibilities towards society)

	Group A	Group B
1.	(1) After sales service	————–
2.	(2) Timely payment of proper taxes	————–
3.	——————	Protest Anti-Social activities
4.	—————–	Fair practices on Stock Exchange

Answer:

	Group A	Group B
1.	After sales service	Responsibilities towards consumers
2.	Timely payment of proper taxes	Responsibilities towards Government
3.	Responsibilities towards Society	Protest Anti-Social activities
4.	Responsibilities towards shareholders	Fair practices on Stock Exchange

1. (H) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
Who can raise voice against business malpractices?
Answer:
Media can raise voice against business malpractices.

Question 2.
What should be done by management to keep workers updated?
Answer:
Guidance methods like ‘Introduction Training’, Refresher Training should be conducted to keep employees updated on the latest development to increase their efficiency and confidence.

Question 3.
What type of advertising should be avoided?
Answer:
False, misleading and vulgar advertisement should be avoided by the organisations.

Question 4.
What organisation should do to improve quality of goods and to reduce cost of production?
Answer:
Organisation should conduct research and development to improve the quality of goods and to reduce the cost of production which in turn will minimise the final prices charged to consumers.

1. (I) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
Social responsibility is narrower term than legal responsibility of business.
Answer:
Social responsibility is broader term than legal responsibility of business.

Question 2.
All sorts of fair practices related to stock exchange should be avoided.
Answer:
All sorts of unfair practices related to stock exchange should be avoided.

Question 3.
Management and union should agree strikes and lockouts to protect the interest of both the parties.
Answer:
Management and union should ban strikes and lockouts to protect the interest of both the parties.

Question 4.
MRP (Maximum Retail Price) should not be printed on every packet.
Answer:
MRP (Maximum Retail Price) should be printed on every packet.

Question 5.
Dishonest advertising can be appreciated by customers in the long run.
Answer:
Honest advertising can be appreciated by customers in the long run.

Question 6.
Financial help should be provided by business organisation for anti-social activities.
Answer:
Financial help should not be provided by business organisation for anti-social activities.

Question 7.
Business ethics is a compulsory term.
Answer:
Business ethics is a voluntary term.

Question 8.
Business ethics is not a relative term.
Answer:
Business ethics is a relative term.

Question 9.
Social values are based on perceptions of right or wrong.
Answer:
Moral values are based on perceptions of right or wrong.

Question 10.
Moral values provide general guidelines for social conduct.
Answer:
Social values provide general guidelines for social conduct.

2. Explain the following term/concept

Question 1.
Social Responsibility.
Answer:
(1) Good Quality Products : It is the responsibility of a commercial organisation to produce and supply good quality products and services. To improve the quality, every business unit must have quality control department to reject inferior and substandard products. In this respect, International Standards Organisation (ISO) is the latest trend towards quality control. This ensures customers’ loyalty to products.

(2) Fair Prices : The commercial organisation must charge fair and reasonable prices for its goods. Maximum Retail Price (M.R.E) inclusive of all taxes must be printed on all packed products. The customers should not be cheated by being charged higher prices. It is not fair and practicable to fool the customers every time. Such practices bring disrepute to the organisation and spoil its image in the long run.

(3) Customer’s Safety : The organisation must ensure that the product supplied has no adverse effect on the life and health of the consumers. Unsafe products must not be marketed by the organisation. The manufacturers of the genuine products must warn the consumers about the imitation and unsafe products well in time.

Question 2.
Concept of Trusteeship.
Answer:
(1) Trusteeship is a socio-economic philosophy that was propounded by Mahatma Gandhi. According to the principle of trusteeship, “A business must be carried out in trust, legally and morally for the benefit and welfare of the people.” Businessmen are treated to be trustees of society.

(2) Trusteeship provides a means through which rich or wealthy people become trustees of different trusts that take care or look after the welfare (well-being) of the people in the society. Business organisations function and operate within society. They are the part and parcel of the society to which they belong. Therefore, it is now realised that the activity which is harmful to the society is not good (suitable) for the business organisations.

Question 3.
Business Ethics.
Answer:
Meaning : The word ‘ethics’ is derived from Greek word ‘Ethos’ which refers to human character and conduct. The dictionary meaning of ‘ethics’ is moral principles that control or influence a person’s behaviour. The term ‘business ethics’ refers to a system of moral principles or rules of conduct applied to business operations or activities. It is a code of conduct for regulating the activities of business towards society and others. Ethics is a branch of social science.

According to Wheeler, “Business ethics is an art or science of maintaining harmonious relationship with society, its various groups and institutions as well as reorganising the moral responsibility for the right or wrong conduct of business

Question 4.
Moral Values.
Answer:
(1) Moral values are the standards of right and wrong which govern an individual’s behaviour and choices. Moral values may be derived from society, government, religion or self. Moral values are based on the understanding of right and wrong. Business ethics deals with morality in the business environment.

(2) Business may be guided by some moral principles such as not to get involved in unfair trade practices, to be honest and truthful about quality, not to sell adulterated products as pure product, not to give false and misleading advertisements, charging fair prices, paying taxes, duties and fees to the government honestly, and in schedule time, etc.

Question 5.
Social Values.
Answer:
(1) Social values are set of moral principles that provide the general guidelines for our social conduct. Social values constitute an important aspect of the culture of the society. They are based on tradition, ego, honesty, integrity, fairness, hard work, co-operation, forgiveness, etc.

(2) Social values are the values (standards) concerned with the social aspects of human life, e.g. truth, justice, kindness, generosity, tolerance, patriotism, respect for seniors, excellence, etc. The business organisations should develop social, values through educative advertising, cultural programmes, national integration programmes, assistance to the educational institutes, etc.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion

Question 1.
Yashwant Co. Ltd. is providing facilities for their female staff like day care centre for kids and work from home facility. Even management takes their suggestions while taking the decisions though they are members of trade union.

(i) By doing this they are following social responsibilities towards which interest groups?
(ii) What values are they presenting?
(iii) What kind of responsibilities employer follows in above case?
Answer:
(i) By treating the staff with dignity and respect the company follows the social responsibilities towards the employees.
(ii) Yashwant Co. Ltd. are presenting social values by showing co-operation to their female staff.
(iii) Management takes the employees’ suggestions while taking the decisions even though they are members of trade union. By doing this, management recognizes the right of employees to join, Trade Unions. The company also does not restrict employees from forming Trade Union. Thus they follow social responsibility towards employees.

Question 2.
An organisation manufacturing paints has been enjoying a prominent market position since many years. It has been dumping its untreated poisonous waste on the river bank: which has created many health problems for the nearby villages.

(i) Which responsibility is neglected by manufacturing organisation?
(ii) What kind of pollution are they doing?
(iii) What precautionary measures they need to take?
Answer:
(i) Responsibility towards protection of environment is regulated by manufacturing industries.
(ii) They are creating water pollution by dumping its untreated poisonous waste on the river bank.
(iii) Proper waste management techniques should be adopted by the organisation under which waste should be reduced, effort should be made to reuse the waste. Waste that cannot be reduced or reused should be recycled.

Question 3.
A vehicle manufacturing company has adopted the following practices:
(A) Only those components will be used by the company which are environment-friendly.
(B) There will be discharge of harmful wastes only after their proper treatment.
(C) Pollution level of every vehicle will be maintained as per international standards.

(i) By doing this, business organisation follows social responsibility towards which interest group?
(ii) What kind of pollution do they want to avoid ?
(iii) What kind of message do they want to convey ?
Answer:
(i) Business organisation follows social responsibility towards society for protection of environment.
(ii) They want to avoid air pollution.
(iii) They want to convey the message that business should be committed to protect the environment and should not create imbalance in nature.

4. Answer in brief

Question 1.
Give any four types of social responsibilities towards consumers.
Answer:
The social responsibilities of commercial organisation towards consumers are explained as follows:
(1) Good Quality Products : It is the responsibility of a commercial organisation to produce and supply good quality products and services. To improve the quality, every business unit must have quality control department to reject inferior and substandard products. In this respect, International Standards Organisation (ISO) is the latest trend towards quality control. This ensures customers’ loyalty to products.

(4) Honest Advertising : The advertisement conveys varied information of the products like the facts, features, side effects, advantages, uses, etc. to the customers. The commercial organisations must see to it that their advertisement should not mislead the consumers by exaggerating the actual facts. The commercial organisations must not indulge in vulgar, false and misleading advertisement. Honest advertisements are always appreciated by the consumers and become beneficial in the long run.

(5) After Sales Service: The commercial organisation should offer quick, satisfactory and efficient after sales service specially in the case of consumer durable products for their maintenance during the period of warranty. Effective and efficient after sales services enable them to establish and maintain good relation with the consumers.

Question 2.
What is Business Ethics ? What are elements of business ethics ?
Answer:
[A] Meaning : The word ‘ethics’ is derived from Greek word ‘Ethos’ which refers to human character and conduct. The dictionary meaning of ‘ethics’ is moral principles that control or influence a person’s behaviour. The term ‘business ethics’ refers to a system of moral principles or rules of conduct applied to business operations or activities. It is a code of conduct for regulating the activities of business towards society and others. Ethics is a branch of social science.

[B] Elements of business ethics : The elements of business ethics are explained as follows:
(1) Trustworthiness : Every business unit or organisation must work in all areas to maintain trustworthiness. This increases the confidence of clients or customers in the organisation. The clients usually believe in organisations for reliability and quality performance. Company or organisation functions and prospers on character, i fairness, truth, honour and ability.

(2) Honest service delivery : It is much better to be honest about what one can do rather than making empty promises. Empty or false promises ruin the reputation of the business organisation. Business organisation should fulfil or complete all its commitments and obligations and leave every customer feeling well served and satisfied.

(3) Confidentiality : The company or business organisation should strictly obey and follow its i internal confidential policy. It is utmost important for every business organisation to keep in secret the confidential details of its own clients. For private gain it should not disclose such information to any one. Similarly, it should not use any means to get information from competitors about certain formulae or methods of production.

(4) Openness : Good business ethics and continuous improvement also come from keeping an open mind. Business unit should follow the principle of openness. It should regularly demand opinions and feedback from both clients and team members. Even in times of business disagreement, business unit should welcome other’s opinions and ideas with respect and courtesy.

(5) Other common business ethics : (1) A large portion of our society is composed of common people with low purchasing power. Business enterprises should consider likes, dislikes and financial position of these people and accordingly manufacture and provide goods and services. (2) The guaranties and warranties given by the manufacturer should be proper and acceptable by the customers. (3) Advertisements given by the businessmen should not cross limit of decency.

Question 3.
State responsibilities of business towards government.
Answer:
Responsibilities of business towards government:
(1) Timely payment of taxes : Business organisations are expected to pay various taxes such as sales tax, income tax, corporate tax, excise duty, wealth tax, etc. levied by the government from time to time. These funds enable the government to undertake various development projects.

(2) Observing rules and regulations : The business organisations are expected to comply with the various laws, rules and regulations enacted by the government. The company should follow the laws regarding obtaining license of business operation, price determination and production, etc. They should conduct business in lawful manner.

(3) Earning foreign exchange : The business organisations Eire expected to export their products to foreign countries to earn foreign exchange. Foreign exchange is required by the government to import various goods, valuable and important products.

(4) Economic development : The government sets the targets for balanced growth and rapid economic development of the country. The business organisation is expected to provide necessary support to the government.

(5) Implementing socio-economic policies : The business organisations are expected to provide co-operation and required funds to the government in implementing various socio-economic programmes and policies.

Question 4.
State any four CSR activities.
Answer:
CSR, supports the following activities:

Eradicating hunger, poverty & malnutrition, promoting preventive health care & sanitation & making available safe drinking water.
Promoting education, including special education & employment enhancing vocation skills especially among children, women, elderly & the differently abled & livelihood enhancement projects.
Reducing child mortality and improving maternal health by providing good hospital facilities and low cost medicines.
Ensuring environmental sustainability, ecological balance, protection of flora & fauna, animal welfare, agro forestry, conservation of natural resources & maintaining quality of soil, air & water.
Employment enhancing vocational skills, etc.

5. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
Role of media has major influence on business organisation.
Answer:
(1) Media refers to the various means used by advertisers to inform the public about the products or services. The mass media include the press, social media, radio and television. Active media plays crucial role in the life of the people. Through internet, reach of social media to common people has become very easy.

(2) Media has efficiency to disburse any information, wrong policy, unfair trade practice adopted by any business organisation at a very fast pace to public at large that too at every corner of the world. Media is very vibrant and active.

(3) Media connects the people and creates influence on masses. It can make propaganda (or raise voice) against business malpractices and exploitation of consumers. It can do publicity through repetition of messages by different means.

(4) Newspapers, radio, television, internet, social media, etc. can easily give publicity to unfair practices of business organisations. So, media makes business organisations understand social values and exerts major influence.

Question 2.
Business should allow workers participation in management.
Answer:
(1) Workers are the real architects of success in any business unit. Investments in human resources (capital) gives rich rewards in the long run.

(2) The success and failure of the business organisations to greater extent depend on the support and participation of employees. Therefore, business organisations should encourage workers to participate in management through various schemes like giving suggestions, saving costs, quality circles, profit sharing co-ownership, etc.

(3) When workers are given opportunity to participate in the management, it will raise their morale. This in turn will give the workers a sense of belongingness. They will take an active part in completion of the work assigned to them.

(4) Workers’ participation in the management r enables the organisation to win the confidence of employees. It creates and maintains good, healthy and improved relationship between labour and management which is necessary for the success of any organisation.

Question 3.
Expectations of society towards business are changing.
Answer:
(1) Today the world is changing and expanding very fast. Social demands have changed gradually over the years. The business has to respond them positively.

(2) Now the people all over the globe are well aware of their rights. Overall knowledge level has also increased. In order to fulfil the growing needs of the people, the business firms must operate as per the expectations of society. Business units must give society what it actually wants.

(3) Consumer satisfaction is the ultimate purpose of business activities. A business organisation must give priority to consumer satisfaction over profit motive. Its survival, progress and reputation depend upon the consumer satisfaction. It must win the confidence of its customers by giving them useful services.

(4) Business organisations are expected to act in broad public interest and serve the objectives of mankind and society at large along with the objectives of earning profit. It must provide quality products to society at reasonable prices and above all contribute to the social welfare.

Question 4.
Business organisations should avoid environmental pollution and ecological imbalance.
Answer:
(1) Functioning of business units and industrialisation create air, water and sound pollution. The carbon particles, dust, harmful gases, chemicals, etc. create air pollution.

(2) Harmful chemicals, untreated sewage, industrial waste, fertilizers, pesticides, refuse, e-waste, etc. when get mixed with water, creates water pollution. Aeroplanes, motor vehicles, construction machines and industrial equipment create sound pollution.

(3) The business organisations are expected to take all possible measures to prevent air, water and sound pollution and to maintain the ecological balance. For the well-being of society every organisation should assist the concerned organisations engaged in pollution control programmes such as plantation of trees, preservation of wildlife and natural resources.

(4) Protecting the environment and maintaining ecological balance in the following manner:

Business organisations save cost and money through minimising waste
Business organi¬sations which follow green practices (plantation of more and more trees) get support from customers
Business organisations which take precautions to protect environment create awareness among employees
Protection of environment process cut carbon emission and create conditions for green growth which is beneficial to society
Business organisations showing awareness towards environment protection get support and encouragement from the government.
Thus, business organisation should avoid environmental pollution and ecological imbalance.

Question 5.
All sorts of unfair practices related to stock exchange should be avoided.
Answer:
(1) The persons who provide finance for short term as well as for long term to the company are called owners or investors. They invest their money and accept risk factor. Management is expected to provide full and factual information about the financial performance of the company to the owners and investors.

(2) Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) plays a pivotal role in regulating and maintaining the interests of investors in the securities market. Law prohibits any sort of activity that are manipulative or unfair in the securities market. Thus, business organisations must avoid unfair practices related to stock exchange like insider trading, providing wrong and secret information about buying/selling or dealing with securities, etc. Any breach in the above mentioned practices may be considered unlawful and be made accountable by SEBI.

(3) Therefore, business organisation should consider responsibilities toward the owners and should avoid all sorts of unfair practices related to stock exchange.

Question 6.
Business ethics contains moral and social values for doing business.
Answer:
(1) Business Ethics refer to code of conduct that a business organisation are expected to follow while doing a business. According to ‘Wheeler’, “Business ethics is an art or science of maintaining harmonious relationship with society, its various groups and institutions as well as recognizing the moral responsibility for right or wrong conduct of business. ”

(2) Moral values are based on perceptions of right and wrong. They provide the general guidelines for distinguishing between wrong and right path of business, between good and bad, fair and unfair, just and unjust, legal and illegal, proper and improper in respect to human actions. Ethics contain moral values for doing business, Honesty, transparency, fairness, integrity, etc. are moral values that create goodwill and gives economic gain in the long run.

(3) Social values form an important part of the culture of the society. They provide general guidelines for social conduct. Values such as fundamental rights, patriotism, respect for human dignity, rationality, sacrifice, equality, democracy, etc. influence our behaviour in many ways. These social values made the business socially acceptable. As business is a part of society, it can be successful in the long run by adopting social values.

Question 7.
Business ethics can be considered as a tool for social development.
Answer:
(1) Business ethics is a code of conduct evolved for regulating the activities of business towards the society and others.

(2) It calls for the importance of fair treatment to be given to the consumers, workers, suppliers, shareholders, competitors, government and the community at large. Business ethics promote the principles of honesty, sincerity, fairness, justice in business dealings.

(3) It protects the interests of all the constituents of the society. It creates healthy and competitive business atmosphere. It induces businessmen to introduce social security and welfare measures.

(4) The businessmen promote activities enhancing the cultural values of the society. Thus, business ethics, if practised by businessmen in the right spirit, can be considered as a tool for social development.

6. Attempt the following

Question 1.
What is social responsibility of commercial organisation towards consumers ?
Answer:
The social responsibilities of commercial organisation towards consumers are explained as follows:
(1) Good Quality Products : It is the responsibility of a commercial organisation to produce and supply good quality products and services. To improve the quality, every business unit must have quality control department to reject inferior and substandard products. In this respect, International Standards Organisation (ISO) is the latest trend towards quality control. This ensures customers’ loyalty to products.

(6) Research and Development: The commercial organisation is expected to conduct research and development for the purpose of improving the quality of the product and reducing the cost of production. The commercial organisations must provide quality and branded products such as BIS – Bureau of Indian Standards, AGMARK – Agricultural Marketing, ISI – Indian Standards Institute, etc.

(7) Regular Supply: The commercial organisations are expected to provide goods and services to the consumers regularly as and when needed by them. The commercial organisations are not supposed to create artificial scarcity of goods by hoarding. They should not indulge in black marketing.

(8) Attend Complaints : The commercial organisations must attend to the complaints of consumers without any delay. For this, every organisation should implement quick, effective and suitable grievances redressal system. Suggestions of the customers for the improvement of products should be welcomed and gratefully acknowledged. Required modification in the products should be carried out.

(9) Training: The commercial organisation should organise training to their regular and potential consumers, from time to time, either free of cost or by charging nominal fees.

(10) Avoid Customer Exploitation : In order to avoid exploitation of consumers, the commercial organisations should not indulge in unfair trade practices. To protect the interest of consumers, organisations should avoid monopolistic competition in the market.

Question 2.
State different types of responsibilities towards society.
Answer:
The following are the social responsibilities of a business unit towards society community/ public in general:
(1) Protection of environment : In recent years, pollution becomes one of the major problems. Industries, chemical plants, cement plants, etc. create air pollution and water pollution. The business organisations must take all possible measures to prevent or minimise air and water pollution and maintain ecological balance.

(2) Better and maximum use of resources : The business firms must make proper and optimum use of available resources in the larger interest of the society. The resources such as water, land, fuel, raw materials, etc. should be used fairly and efficiently. However, care should be taken not to misuse or waste such resources.

(3) Reservation for weaker section : For upliftment of economically weaker section of society, the business organisations are expected to reserve certain positions in their organisations. They should also provide financial and other necessary help to them wherever expected.

(4) Development of backward regions : The society expects that the business firms should start their industries in less developed (backward) areas to create employment opportunities. It will increase purchasing power among these people. In this manner, business organisations should make development in backward regions.

(5) Protect against anti-social activities : The business organisations should neither undertake nor participate in anti-social activities. They should not provide any financial assistance to anti-social elements. The business firms should avoid anti-social activities such as smuggling, association with underworld (criminal) people, bribing government officials, etc.

Question 3.
Describe the responsibilities of commercial organisation towards investors.
Answer:
Responsibilities of business towards investors:
(1) Proper conduct of meetings : Whenever need arises, a company should call and organise meetings of investors to provide information about the business. Prior to meeting, proper notice and agenda should be sent well in advance. During the period of financial crisis, investors should be convinced and taken into confidence. Reasons for failure should be explained to the investors to gain their confidence.

(2) Return on Investment : Investors invest their money in the company by accepting risk. They are entitled by get fair returns on their investment at regular interval in the form of interest. Investors expect the following from the business organisations : (a) fair returns on their investment, (b) safety of their investment and (c) steady and gradual appreciation of the business.

(3) Handling grievances : A company is required to pay attention and handle the grievances and complaints of the investors amicably. There should be orderly procedure to solve and deal with grievances without any delay. The business management should answer all the queries of investors regarding any issue in satisfactory manner.

(4) Maintain transparency : Investors supply funds for long term and for working capital to carry on business more efficiently. Investors expect that business firms should maintain high degree of transparency in their operations.

(5) Proper disclosure of information : A company is expected to disclose full and factual information through regular reports, circulars and statement of profit. The company must provide its financial performance more correctly so that prospective investors are able to take right decisions to invest their money in future.

(6) Maintain solvency and prestige : Business organisation or a company is expected to maintain sound financial position, prestige, solvency and goodwill to gain confidence of investors. For this, company should undertake innovation, research and expansion programme on the continuous basis.

Question 4.
Describe the features of Business Ethics.
Answer:
The features of Business Ethics are explained as below:
(1) Code of conduct : Business ethics is a code of conduct developed and evolved for regulating business activities toward welfare of society. It explains what activities one is suppose to do and not do for the welfare of the society. All business units must follows this code of conduct.

(2) Based on moral and social values : Business ethics comprises social and moral principles i.e. rules for carrying out business activities smoothly. This contains self control, consumer protection and welfare, fair treatment to social group, service to society, not to harm (exploit) others, etc.

(3) Gives protection to social groups : Business ethics protects the interests of all the constituents (groups) of the society which include consumers, creditors, employees, small businessmen, shareholders, government, etc.

(4) Provides basic framework : Business ethics specifies the social, cultural, legal, economic and other limits of business within which business units are expected to plan, work out and conduct their functions and activities.

(5) Voluntary : The businessmen must follow (accept) business ethics voluntarily, i.e. on their own. Business ethics must be similar to self¬discipline. It should not be made compulsory by law.

(6) Requires education and guidance : Prior to introduction of business ethics in the organisation, businessmen must be properly educated, trained and given guidance. The businessmen must be convinced and motivated to implement business ethics.

(7) Relative term : Business ethics is a relative term. It differs or changes from one business to another business and from one country to another.
In one country whatever is considered good may be banned or bad for other country.

(8) New concept : Business ethics is considered as newer concept. It is strictly followed and applied in developed, i.e. advanced countries. It is not accepted and followed in developing and poor (backward) countries.

Question 5.
What is Corporate Social Responsibility?
Answer:
(1) Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is the recent and newest management strategy which creates positive impact on society while doing business. It is a global concept. It is self regulating business model which aims at contributing towards social welfare and support ethically oriented practices. CSR makes a company socially accountable and responsible. CSR makes a company accountable towards itself, its stakeholders, public in general, etc. By undertaking and practising social responsibility company can be alert and awake about social, economic and environmental aspects of the society.

(2) According to UNIDO (United Nations Industrial Development Organization), “Corporate Social Responsibility is a management concept whereby companies integrate social and environmental concerns in their business operations and interactions with their stakeholders”.

According to Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Companies (CSR Policy) Rules 2014, the companies having net worth of 1500 Cr. or more or turnover of 1000 Cr. or more; or net profit of 15 Cr. or more during any financial year have to form a Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of the Board. The Board’s report will give information about the compositions of CSR committee with effect from 1st April, 2014.

(3) In every financial year, all companies should spend at least 2% of average net profits of last 3 years on their CSR policy. The CSR committee consists of 4 directors who meet at least 2 times in a year to discuss and review the CSR policy and CSR activities, prepare budget, explain the way to implement projects and to establish a transparent means to check progress.

(4) CSR, supports the following activities:

Eradicating hunger, poverty & malnutrition, promoting preventive health care & sanitation & making available safe drinking water.
Promoting education, including special education & employment enhancing vocation skills especially among children, women, elderly & the differently abled & livelihood enhancement projects.
Reducing child mortality and improving maternal health by providing good hospital facilities and low cost medicines.
Ensuring environmental sustainability, ecological balance, protection of flora & fauna, animal welfare, agro forestry, conservation of natural resources & maintaining quality of soil, air & water.
Employment enhancing vocational skills, etc.

(5) Penalties for non-compliance of CSR activities (duties) would attract a fine of not less than Rs 50,000 which may increase to Rs 25,00,000 and every officer of the company in default is given punishment of imprisonment for 3 years or with fine of Rs 50,000 which may increase to Rs 5,00,000 or with both.

7. Answer the following

Question 1.
Explain the responsibilities of business towards employees.
Answer:
The responsibilities of business towards employees are explained as follows:
(1) Job security: Job security (guarantee) gives mental peace to the employees. In order to encourage employees to work with full concentration, dedication and commitment, the business organisation must give job security and frame rules for confirmation of their service and strictly adhere to them. This will in turn raise their morale, interest and loyalty towards the organisation.

(2) Fair remuneration : The business organisation should pay adequate and attractive salaries along with incentives like overtime allowance, bonus, etc. to all employees. Wages or salaries payable to employees should be fixed by considering nature of work. The business organisations should frame suitable wage plans for increments and timely revision of wages.

(3) Health and safety measures : The business organisations is expected to take necessary steps for protecting the health and hygiene of the employees. Proper sanitation, canteen, medical facilities, hygienic conditions, etc. must be provided to them. Proper maintenance of machines and premises must be done to prevent accidents and control pollution. Business organisation should provide safety equipment such as helmets, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, masks, etc. to the employees.

(4) Good working condition : The business organisations must provide good working conditions to their employees such as adequate lighting, ventilation, safe drinking water, etc. The business organisations are expected to take necessary steps to avoid and minimise air, sound and water pollution. The business organisation must fix proper working hours and norms (shiftwise, if any) with due provisions for lunch break, tea intervals, restrooms, etc.

(5) Recognition of Trade Unions : The business organisation must recognise the right of a worker to join a recognised trade union. The management or employer should not prevent workers from forming a trade union. The management should not follow the policy of “Divide and Rule”. Further, the management should solve the problems of the workers amicably by holding face to face interactions, talks, meetings and negotiations with unions. The management and union should agree to ban lockouts and strikes to protect the interest of both the parties. A business organisation is expected to maintain industrial harmony and peace.

(6) Education and training : The business organisations are expected to take efforts to educate and train the employees. Depending on the nature of job, the business organisation should offer education, training and guidance to their employees free of cost. To update their knowledge, on the latest development and to increase the S efficiency of the employees, the organisation should arrange ‘Refresher in service training’ and ‘Introduction Training’ at regular intervals.

(7) Workers participation in management : The business organisations are expected to encourage workers to participant in the management by forming workers’ committee. The management should encourage the workers ; through different schemes like suggestion schemes, profit sharing, etc. These schemes enable the management to raise employees’ morale and help the management to give them a sense of belonging.

(8) Promotion and career opportunities : Business organisations should offer enough opportunities of promotion to their qualified and talented employees. They should give detailed information about qualification, skills and I experience required to get promotions. This will increase awareness and motivate the workers to work hard.

(9) Proper grievance procedure : The organi-sation must introduce a suitable grievance (redressal) procedure to deal with the employees’ complaints. All their queries or problems should be sorted out and solved quickly and amicably.

The employees must feel satisfied that their complaints are attended properly. Management or employer must investigate and take necessary actions to settle the grievances and complaints.

(10) Miscellaneous : Management or employer should-

give fair treatment to all employees.
recognise, appreciate and encourage special skills and talents of the employees.
introduce code of conduct for the employees.
protect religious, social, political rights of the employees.
allow employees to form informal groups.

Question 2.
Define the concept of Social Responsibility and what is the need for social responsibility.
Answer:
[A] Meaning and Definition : Social responsibility is an obligation of the business organisation to take those decisions and perform those actions which are desirable to fulfil the objectives and add values to our society. The business organisations are expected to perform all the activities of their business in such a manner that such activities will not cause any harm to any part of the society.

In other words, the business enterprises should undertake such activities which will protect and contribute to the interest of society and fulfil their expectations. According to Howard D. Bowen “Social Responsibility is to pursue those policies to make those decisions, or to follow those lines of action which are desirable in terms of the objectives and values of our society.” In brief, social responsibility comprises of an element of voluntary action taken by the business people for the benefit of the society.

[B] Need for social responsibility:
(1) Concept of Trusteeship : Trusteeship is a socio-economic philosophy that was advocated by Mahatma Gandhi. According to it, rich (wealthy) people would be trustees of the trusts that take care of the welfare of the people in general. Businessmen are treated as trustees of society.

(2) Changing expectations of society : Over the years, society’s expectations from the business organisation have undergone severe change. In earlier days, business firms were recognised as the providers of goods and services. However in recent years society expects that every business organisation as a responsible citizen should contribute towards social welfare of the people in the society.

(3) Reputation : Business organisations spend large amount of money in brand building and in creating and strengthening their favourable image. The business organisations which care for every organ of the society and contribute to social well¬being enjoy a good reputation in the society. Such organisations always get good support from the public which in turn increases sales, profitability, attraction of talent and sustained growth.

(4) Protection of environment : It is the social responsibility of the business organisations to make proper and careful use of country’s natural resources. They should not cause environmental pollution (degradation) like contamination pollution of water resources, depletion of ozone layer, etc. Such type of pollutions result in poor health of the community and put a question mark on the survival of human species/race.

(5) Optimum utilisation of resources : Usually, large business organisations have huge amount of resources such as manpower, talent, finance and expert at their disposal to use. It is the social responsibility of business organisations to make optimum use of available resources to protect society’s interests. The organisation should always avoid wastage of resources.

(6) Pressure of trade union : The workers have now become more conscious of their rights and privileges. In recent years, trade unions play significant role in business environment. The workers have realised that their efforts contribute to the profits of the business organisation and expect management to pay them fair wages, bonus, etc. to minimise or avoid conflicts between trade unions and management. The business organisations should understand the responsibility towards employees to avoid conflicts and act accordingly.

(7) Growth of consumer movement : Advancement and growth in education, development of mass media and growing competition in the market create awareness among the consumers about their rights and powers. Hence, business organisation are required to follow consumer-oriented policies.

(8) Government control : From the side of business organisation, government rules and regulations are not desirable. This is because government put certain restrictions and limit the freedom of business organisations. In order to put moral and legal pressure on business, the government has enacted several laws such as Consumer Protection Act, 1986, Air Pollution Act, Food Adulteration Act, etc.

(9) Long term self interest : A business organisation and its image stand to earn handsome profit in the long run if its motive is providing services to the society. When the workers, consumers, shareholders, government officials and members of the public feel that a business organisation is indifferent to the social interests, they may withdraw their support to end co¬operation. Therefore, it is in the long-term interest of the business organisation to be socially useful and fulfil its social responsibility.

(10) Complexities of social problems : Many a time some business organisations themselves create social problems such as discrimination in treatment, unsafe workplaces, different types of pollutions, etc. It is the moral and social obligation of the business organisation to solve these social problems.

(11) Globalisation : In globalisation, business activities are conducted throughout the world. In recent years, the entire globe (world) has becomes the market place for buying and selling goods and services produced in any part of the world. Globalisation creates and provides more opportunities, threats and challenges to the business organisations. Those countries in the world which have followed good and fair trade practices capture and influence the entire world trade.

(12) Role of media : By using internet, it is easier to approach the common people. Media is dynamic and active which can influence large number of people in the society. Media is useful to raise voice against malpractice and exploitation of the consumers. Media plays important and active role in public life. Thus, Business organisation should not neglect the social values.

Question 3.
Explain the responsibilities of a business unit towards society at a large.
Answer:
The following are the social responsibilities of a business unit towards society community/ public in general:
(1) Protection of environment : In recent years, pollution becomes one of the major problems. Industries, chemical plants, cement plants, etc. create air pollution and water pollution. The business organisations must take all possible measures to prevent or minimise air and water pollution and maintain ecological balance.

(6) Financial assistance : The society expects financial helps and donations from the business organisations for various social welfare activities such as eradication of poverty, illiteracy, etc. The society also expects financial assistance from them to organise various awareness programmes like anti-drug campaigns, antinoise pollution campaigns, etc.

(7) Prevent congestions : The society expects that the business firms start industries in industrial zones and at different locations. It will minimise the adverse effects like pollution and overcrowded cities in residential areas. This facilitates business firms to provide jobs to local people. This in turn avoids congestion in big cities.

(8) Employment generation : The business units should generate and provide better job opportunities to young and well qualified people in all sections of the society. It should make maximum efforts to generate employment through expansion and diversification of its business. This will avoid unemployment and poverty in the society.

Question 4.
What are the responsibilities of business towards investors and government?
Answer:
[A] Responsibilities of business towards investors:
(1) Proper conduct of meetings : Whenever need arises, a company should call and organise meetings of investors to provide information about the business. Prior to meeting, proper notice and agenda should be sent well in advance. During the period of financial crisis, investors should be convinced and taken into confidence. Reasons for failure should be explained to the investors to gain their confidence.

[B] Responsibilities of business towards government:
(1) Timely payment of taxes : Business organisations are expected to pay various taxes such as sales tax, income tax, corporate tax, excise duty, wealth tax, etc. levied by the government from time to time. These funds enable the government to undertake various development projects.

(6) Suggestions to the Government: The business organisations are expected to give suggestions to the government in framing important policies such as Industrial Policy, Import-Export Policy, Licensing Policy, etc. They are helpful to government in framing organisation friendly policies.

(7) No favours : The business organisation should not take any favour from the government officials by giving bribes or influencing them in any matter.

(8) Contributing to government treasury: The business organisation must contribute by extending financial aid to the government during emergencies and natural calamities like floods.

OCM 12th Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

12th OCM Chapter 5 Exercise Emerging Modes of Business Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

March 28, 2025March 27, 2025 by Bhagya

Emerging Modes of Business 12th OCM Chapter 5 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 12th Textbook Solutions Chapter 5 Emerging Modes of Business Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 12 OCM Chapter 5 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct options and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
For online transactions ……………… is required.
(a) registration
(b) trading
(c) business
Answer:
(a) registration

Question 2.
The term ‘e-business’ is derived from the term ……………….. and e-commerce.
(a) Cash
(b) e-pay
(c) e-mail
Answer:
(c) e-mail

Question 3.
The transactions under ………………. are between consumers and consumers.
(a) B2B
(b) C2C
(c) B2C
Answer:
(b) C2C

Question 4.
The process of contracting a business function to someone else is called as …………….
(a) Outsourcing
(b) Trading
(c) e-business
Answer:
(a) Outsourcing

Question 5.
In online shopping customers put the product in the ……………..
(a) shopping mall
(b) shopping cart
(c) shopping bag
Answer:
(b) shopping cart

1. (B) Match the pairs

Question 1.

Group A	Group B
(A) E-business	(1) Consumer to consumer
(B) B2C	(2) Exist everywhere
(C) Outsourcing	(3) First step
(D) Digital cash	(4) Business to Consumer
(E) Registration	(5) Electronic business
	(6) BPO
	(7) RTO
	(8) Efficient business
	(9) Exist only in cyberspace
	(10) Last step

Answer:

Group A	Group B
(A) E-business	(5) Electronic business
(B) B2C	(4) Business to Consumer
(C) Outsourcing	(6) BPO
(D) Digital cash	(9) Exist only in cyberspace
(E) Registration	(3) First step

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term for the following statement

Question 1.
The stage where the goods bought are delivered to the customer.
Answer:
delivery stage

Question 2.
The term derived from the terms e-mail and e-commerce.
Answer:
e-business

Question 3.
The transaction which is done with the help of the internet.
Answer:
online transactions

Question 4.
The first step in online transaction.
Answer:
Registration

Question 5.
The process of contracting a business function to specialized agencies.
Answer:
outsourcing

Question 6.
Subset of outsourcing.
Answer:
BPO

Question 7.
Sub segment of BPO.
Answer:
KPO

Question 8.
One of the value added BPO service which involves legal work.
Answer:
LPO.

1. (D) State whether following statement are true or false

Question 1.
It is easy to set up e-business as compared to traditional business.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
The term e-business is derived from the term e-mail and e-commerce.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
e-business allows you to work across the globe in any field.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
LPO stands for legal product outsourcing.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
KPO requires advanced analytical and technical skills.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
With the help of outsourcing, company cannot focus on the core areas.
Answer:
False

1. (E) Find the odd one

Question 1.
BPO, RTO, LPO, KPO
Answer:
RTO

Question 2.
B2B, B2C, A2Z, C2C.
Answer:
A2Z

Question 3.
Debit card, Credit card, Aadhar card, ATM card.
Answer:
Aadhaar card

1. (F) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
E-business is an abbreviation for ………………….
Answer:
Electronic business

Question 2.
The term e-business came into existence in the year ………………..
Answer:
1997

Question 3.
E-business means using the …………….. to connect people and process.
Answer:
Internet

Question 4.
E-business is …………….. of e-commerce.
Answer:
superset

Question 5.
E-commerce is …………….. of e-business.
Answer:
subset

Question 6.
The process of contracting a business function to specialized agencies is known as ……………….
Answer:
Outsourcing

1. (G) Select the correct option and complete the following table

(Business to Business, First step, e-commerce, Payment mechanism, e-business)

	Group A	Group B
A.	Registration	—————
B.	Superset of e-commerce	————–
C.	——————	Last step
D.	Subset of e-business	————-
E.	—————–	B2B

Answer:

	Group A	Group B
A.	Registration	First step
B.	Superset of e-commerce	e-business
C.	Payment mechanism	Last step
D.	Subset of e-business	e-commerce
E.	Business to Business.	B2B

1. (H) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What is E-business?
Answer:
E-business i.e. electronic business means and includes buying and selling of goods and services along with providing technical or consumer support through internet.

Question 2.
What is outsourcing?
Answer:
Outsourcing is the process of contracting (transferring) any specific business activity, the non-core functions, of the business to specialised agencies to carry out for some money consideration.

Question 3.
What is online transaction?
Answer:
Online transaction refers to a process of buying and selling of goods and services with the help of internet.

Question 4.
What is Shopping cart?
Answer:
Shopping cart is an online record of what buyer has picked up while browsing the online store, i.e. number of units, quantity, price, etc.

Question 5.
What is digital cash?
Answer:
A form of electronic currency that exists only in cyberspace and has no real physical properties but offers the ability to use as real currency in am electronic format.

Question 6.
What is BPO?
Answer:
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) refers to the outsourcing (transferring to perform) of peripheral (not important) activities (functions) of the organisation to am external organisation or a service provider to minimise cost and increase efficiency.

Question 7.
What is KPO?
Answer:
KPO i.e. Knowledge Process Outsourcing ; described as the functions related to knowledge and information outsourced (transferred to perform) to third party which may be in the same country or in an off shore location.

Question 8.
What is LPO?
Answer:
Legal Process Outsourcing (LPO) is a form of outsourcing in which legal services, ranging from drafting legal documents, performing legal research to offering legal advice are hired or obtained from outside law firm or legal support services company for money consideration.

1. (I) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the sentence:

Question 1.
E-business is hard to start.
Answer:
easy

Question 2.
There are five stages of online transactions.
Answer:
three

Question 3.
Registration is the Last step in online transaction.
Answer:
First

Question 4.
Digital cash is form of plastic currency.
Answer:
electronic currency

Question 5.
KPO includes less knowledge based and specialized work.
Answer:
more

1. (J) Arrange in proper order

Question 1.
Purchase or sale, Delivery stage, Pre purchase or sale.
Answer:
Pre purchase or sale, Purchase or sale, Delivery stage.

Question 2.
Placing an order, Cash on delivery, Registration
Answer:
Registration, Placing an order, cash on delivery

2. Explain the following term/concept:

Question 1.
E-business.
Answer:
(1) E-business is abbreviated form of electronic business which implies application and use of information and communication technologies (ICT) to conduct and complete all business activities. In 1997, International Business Machines (IBM) used this term. It refers to the use of the web, internet, intranets, extranets, etc. to connect people, process and to conduct business.

(2) The entire process of settling up a website, helping the customers navigate through the website, offering available products, discounts, to attract the prospective buyers, e-business establishes more closer relationship between partners, employees, suppliers and helps companies to manage their business efficiently.

In India, till today most of the business firms are managed as per traditional methods. Now most of the businesses are well aware of benefits of e-business and hence they started incorporating e-business in their business policy and strategy. Google pay, swiggy, ola, ebay are the examples of e-business. Various types of ’e’ business transactions are B2B, B2C, C2B, C2C, B2A, and C2A.

Question 2.
B2B.
Answer:
Business to Business (B2B) : The transactions under B2B include the transactions between one business firm with other business firms. In this type of transactions individual consumers are not involved. In order to get raw materials, catering services, manpower, components of machinery, etc., business firms interact with each other. B2B transactions include supplying ancillary parts/components to manufacturers, providing value added services like catering, providing man power, etc. The business must depend upon one another in order to survive.

Question 3.
B2C.
Answer:
Business to Consumer (B2C) : The transactions under B2C include transactions between business firms and consumers. When consumer identifies a need or requirement, he searches for the product or services to fulfil his need. He then selects a vendor, negotiates the price, receives product or services, makes payment and gets service and warranty claims. The business firms use their website for different range of marketing activities such as sales or product promotion, product information, reviews about the product or service and delivery of the products at doorstep. In order to get more response from the customers, the cost of products and services is kept low through this method and the speed of transaction is faster, e.g. www.flipkart.com, www.yebhi.com, etc.

Question 4.
C2C.
Answer:
Consumer to Consumer (C2C) : The transactions under Consumer to Consumer are between two people. Using e-business facility on internet, the consumers can buy and sell goods and services to other consumers, through some third party. A common consumer posts the product or services for sale with the price and other details online and other consumers tries to buy them. The sites are performing the role of intermediaries, just to match the consumers. For buying and selling, internet allows a lot of space for consumers group to be formed. The consumer forums interact with each other for best variety of goods and services. Through such groups redressal of complaints is also possible. One may sell his products through an online retail space operated by eBay or Yahoo! shopping, etc.

Question 5.
Outsourcing.
Answer:
(1) Outsourcing is a process of allocation of specific business processes or functions to a specialist external service provider or agency for certain monetary consideration. In outsourcing, the service provider or contractor enters into an agreement or formal contract with the company or the firm for providing services against certain monetary charges. After this the service provider, will take the responsibility of carrying out the tasks as per the expectation of the company.

(2) When services such as security, canteen, sanitation, etc. are outsourced by a company, then the security guards, waiters, cooks, sanitation scavangers, etc. are not the employees of the company although they work inside the company premises. They directly work under the control of service provider or contractor. Many organisations, companies, corporate houses, establishments, hospitals, shops, malls, housing societies, offices, etc. outsource their non-core (less important) areas of business such as canteen, sanitation, security services, etc. to outside agencies.

Question 6.
BPO.
Answer:
(1) BPO stands for Business Process Outsourcing. BPO basically refers to the outsourcing of some work or functions of the organisation to third party or service provider to save overall cost of the organisation. In other words, BPO is a business system in which one company hires another company or service provider to do certain process of work (or task) for certain money consideration.

(2) In brief, BPO is a subset of outsourcing that involves the contracting of the operations and responsibilities to a third party to minimise cost and increase efficiency.

Question 7.
LPO.
Answer:
(1) LPO stands for Legal Process Outsourcing. LPO is a type of KPO that renders legal services ranging from drafting legal documents, performing legal research to offering legal advice. LPO implies practice of law firm. It refers to obtaining legal services from outside legal support service company or law firm for certain consideration.

(2) In some industry or organisation in house legal department or a company outsourced legal work to such law firms where it can be done or performed at less cost. For instance, many companies in Europe or US outsource their legal work to Indian law firms where it can be done at considerably lower cost.

Question 8.
KPO.
Answer:
(1) KPO stands for Knowledge Process Outsourcing. In KPO, the important functions related to knowledge and information are outsourced (assigned to perform) to third party service providers. KPO is the sub-part (Section) of BPO in which services of outside or third party service provider are hired not only for its ability to do particular business process or function but also to provide expertise it has.

(2) KPO is nothing but the allotment of more important or relatively high level tasks or functions to an outside organisation or to a different group specially in a different geographic location. KPO is a subset of Business Process Outsourcing (BPO). KPO implies outsource of more important or core functions or business process to third party service provider or organisation to perform which may or may not reduce its cost of the parent company but surely assists in value addition.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion

Question 1.
Abhay purchases some gift articles online from www.flipkart.com. At the same time Sheetal purchased gift from e-bay.com.

(i) Which website is related to C2C?
(ii) Which website is related to B2C?
(iii) What first step does Abhay need to follow?
Answer:
(i) eBay.com website is related to Consumer to Consumer (C2C).
(ii) www.flipkart.com website is related to Business to Consumer (B2C).
(iii) Before online shopping, Abhay has to register with the www.flipkart.com by filling up a registration form. Registration is the first step in online transaction. Abhay needs to login a particular website to buy particular gift articles.

Question 2.
Satvik purchases watch from Titan shop and his friend Shambhavi purchases watch from online shopping site.

(i) Which shopping is from traditional business?
(ii) Which shopping is from e-business?
(iii) Which business involved high risk ?
Answer:
(i) Purchase of watch by Satvik from Titan shop is an example of traditional business.
(ii) Purchase of watch by Shambhavi from online shopping site is an example of e-business.
(iii) e-business i.e. purchase of watch from online shopping site involves high risk as there is no direct contact between Shambhavi and e-business owner.

Question 3.
Mr. Ved made his payment by cheque at the same time Mr. Shlok made his payment by fund transfer.

(i) Whose payment is faster?
(ii) Whose payment is related to traditional business?
(iii) Whose payment is related to e-business?
Answer:
(i) The payment made by Mr. Shlok by fund transfer is faster than payment made by Mr. Ved through cheque.
(ii) The payment made by Mr. Ved by cheque is related to traditional business.
(iii) The payment made by Mr. Shlok by fund transfer is related to e-business.

4. Distinguish between

Question 1.
Traditional business and E-business
Answer:

	Traditional business	E-business
1. Meaning	Business which is managed and carried out in accordance with specific custom or a trading practice for long time is called traditional business.	Business which is managed and carried out by using information technology i.e. the internet is called e-business.
2. Formation	Traditional business is comparatively difficult to form as it requires lengthy and complicated procedure to start.	E-business is comparatively easy to form.
3. Setting up cost	To start, establish and manage traditional business large amount of capital is required.	To start, establish and manage e-business very less amount of capital is required.
4. Risk involved	In traditional business, less risk is involved as interaction between parties is possible due to personal contact.	In e-business, high risk is involved as there is no direct contract between the parties.
5. Scope of business	Traditional business is limited to specific area so its scope is limited.	E-business covers the entire world so its scope is vast and unlimited.
6. Physical inspection and delivery of goods	In traditional business, goods can be inspected physically before they are purchased and their delivery is instant.	In e-business, goods cannot be inspected physically before they are purchased and their delivery takes time.

Question 2.
E-business and E-commerce
Answer:

	E-business	E-commerce
1. Meaning	E-business means buying and selling of goods or services along with providing technical or customer support through the internet.	E-commerce is the trading aspect of e-business where commercial transaction are done over internet.
2. What is it?	E-business is superset of E-commerce.	E-commerce is subset of E-business
3. Features	E-business involves all types of re-sale and post¬sale efforts.	E-commerce just involves buying and selling of products and services.
4. Concept	E-business is broader concept. This is because it involves market surveying, supply chain, logistic management and using determining.	E-commerce has narrow scope. This is because it is restricted to buying and selling of product and services.
5. Transaction	E-business is used in the context of Business to Business (B2B) transactions.	E-commerce is more suitable in Business to Consumer (B2C) transactions.
6. Which network is used?	E-business includes the use of internet, intranet or extranet.	E-commerce involves the compulsory use of internet.

Question 3.
BPO and KPO
Answer:

	BPO	KPO
1. Meaning	BPO implies the outsourcing of non-primary peripheral activities of the organisation to an external organisation to decrease cost and increase efficiency of parent organisation.	KPO is a form of outsourcing in which knowledge related and information related work are outsourced to third party service providers to help in value addition and to get cost benefits.
2. Degree of complexity	BPO is comparatively less complex.	KPO is relatively more complex.
3. Requirement	BPO requires process expertise.	KPO requires knowledge expertise.
4. Talent required in employees	BPO requires personnel having good communication skills.	KPO requires professional qualified personnel.
5. Focus on	BPO focus on low level process.	KPO focus on high level process.

5. Answer in brief

Question 1.
What is Outsourcing? Illustrate with suitable example.
Answer:
(1) Outsourcing is a process of allocation of specific business processes or functions to a specialist external service provider or agency for certain monetary consideration. In outsourcing, the service provider or contractor enters into an agreement or formal contract with the company or the firm for providing services against certain monetary charges. After this the service provider, will take the responsibility of carrying out the tasks as per the expectation of the company.

(3) Similarly arrangements for wedding, anniversary, birthday celebration, etc. can also be outsourced to such agencies. This is because many a time an organisation cannot handle all the functions or aspects of business process internally. Some processes are temporarily required to be performed. In such cases, organisation does not want to recruit and appoint professionals to perform such tasks. Most of the services require finely tuned skills which organisation cannot provide. With increasing global competition, most of the companies are focussing their attention on the improvement of quality of their products. Hence, they outsource their non-core business areas so that they can concentrate fully on their core business activities.

(4) Outsourcing benefits the organisation in two ways, viz. (i) It helps to reduce overall costs and (ii) It can use the expertise of the specialised agencies to perform certain tasks more efficiently.

Question 2.
What is BPO? Explain in detail.
Answer:
(1) BPO stands for Business Process Outsourcing. BPO basically refers to the outsourcing of some work or functions of the organisation to third party or service provider to save overall cost of the organisation. In other words, BPO is a business system in which one company hires another company or service provider to do certain process of work (or task) for certain money consideration.

(2) In brief, BPO is a subset of outsourcing that involves the contracting of the operations and responsibilities to a third party to minimise cost and increase efficiency.

(3) It refers to the outsourcing of less important (non-core) or non-primary activities of the organisation to an external organisation or service provider to minimise the cost and increase efficiency of the organisation.

(4) For instance, customer care centres for various banks, service providers, etc. BPO is less complex and requires process expertise. It also requires good communication skills. It focuses on low level process.

Question 3.
What is KPO? Explain in detail.
Answer:
(1) KPO stands for Knowledge Process Outsourcing. In KPO, the important functions related to knowledge and information are outsourced (assigned to perform) to third party service providers. KPO is the sub-part (Section) of BPO in which services of outside or third party service provider are hired not only for its ability to do particular business process or function but also to provide expertise it has.

(3) Thus, in KPO the business processes which are outsourced are exceptionally more specialised and knowledge based in comparison to Business Process Outsourcings. In brief, KPO is a form of outsourcing in which knowledge related and information related work is done or carried out by the workers working in different company or by a subsidiary of the some organisation which may be in the same country or on off shore location to save cost.

(4) In KPO, both core as well as non-core activities are performed. It requires advanced analytical and technical skills and high degree of specialist expertise. Margarent Rouse defines KPO as, “KPO is the allocation of relatively high- level tasks to an outside organisation or a different group within the same organisation’’

Question 4.
What is LPO? Explain in detail.
Answer:
(1) LPO stands for Legal Process Outsourcing. LPO is a type of KPO that renders legal services ranging from drafting legal documents, performing legal research to offering legal advice. LPO implies practice of law firm. It refers to obtaining legal services from outside legal support service company or law firm for certain consideration.

(3) In recent years, LPO an high end industry has been growing rapidly in India. LPO is superficially a media invention which is derived from BPO. LPO has made tremendous progress in India in past few years.

(4) LPO gained success by producing and rendering services such as document review, legal research and writing, drafting of briefings, etc. Important benefits of outsourcing legal functions is cost savings and to access high level talent and niche expertise that may not exist within the firm or company.

6. Justify the following statements

Question 1.
It is easy to set up e-business as compared to traditional business,
Answer:
(1) e-business is run, managed and carried out with the help of information technology, i.e. web (internet). However, traditional business is run, managed and carried out in accordance with specific old custom or a trading practices of long lasting.

(2) In traditional business large, physical space is needed, to arrange and display the variety of goods. It needs large amount of capital to have infrastructure, staff and other required facilities, e-business can be started, managed and operated with the help of the internet from any place or even from one’s own home. Naturally, it requires very less capital. It is also easy to set up.

(3) In traditional business, time is required to travel, to convince, to negotiate and to interact with the customers. In such process lot of time, energy and money are wasted. While in e-business required information is provided and accepted with terms and conditions more instantly.

(4) e-business is also free from most of the problems as faced by the traditional business. Thus, it is easy to set up e-business.

Question 2.
E-business allows user to work across the globe in any field.
Answer:
(1) e-business i.e. electronic business may be defined as the application of information and technologies to support all the activities of business. It involves electronic buying and supply, chain management, processing orders electronically, online payments via debit or credit cards, handling customer service, etc.

(2) In order to begin with e-business, a business owner must have an internet presence. He has to obtain an e-mail address for communicating the same to the customers and other business associates. This helps speedy communication between business firms and customers. Communication is easy as there is no face to face interaction.

(3) Once the owner of e-business has acquired an electronic means of contact, he may sell goods to the customers residing in any part of the world. There is no need of any wholesalers, retailers, etc. This reduces costs and increases profit. In e-business, goods can be purchased on internet from any place across the globe, payments can be made with the help of debit, credit card, internet banking and the goods are physically delivered at the doorstep of the buyer.

(4) Similarly, he can do trading in any field, e-business uses internet to connect people and processes. The World Wide Web (WWW) offers lot of exposure to e-business on a global platform. International relationship is very strong in e-business. The Government also offers lot of support to e-business. Thus, it allows one to work across the globe in any field he likes.

Question 3.
Online transaction is done with the help of the internet.
Answer:
(1) Online transactions take place when a process of buying and selling are completed through the internet. For online transaction, registration is required. The consumer needs to login a particular website to buy a particular article or service. The customer’s email ID, name, address and other details are saved and safe with the website for further contact.

(2) When a customer likes a product or service, he/she selects, pick ups and drops the items or things in the shopping cart. The shopping cart keeps the systematic and detail record of what items have been picked up while browsing the online store.

(3) The buyer then proceeds to the payment option after selecting all the products. Payment can be made by accepting cash on delivery mode of payment, after receiving physical delivery of goods. The customer may pay in cash or by debit or credit card. The buyer also sends a cheque to the seller and the seller sends the products after the realisation of the cheque.

(4) If the payment is transferred by the buyer from his account to the seller’s account electronically, then after the payment is received by the seller, he sends the goods to buyer. The credit card or debit card is also used by the card holder for. making payment of purchases. The amount gets immediately transferred to vendor’s bank account. After the successful transfer of funds, goods are delivered by the vendor to buyer. Thus, all the aspects of online transaction are completed with the help of the internet.

7. Attempt the following

Question 1.
What are the advantages and disadvantages of e-business?
Answer:
[A] Advantages of e-business : The advantages of e-business are explained as follows:
(1) Ease of formation : In comparison to the traditional method of business, e-business is very easy to set up. The advent of internet has afforded entrepreneurs the ability to open small businesses with a minimal overhead.

(2) Lower investment requirements : As compared to traditional business, the investment requirements of e-business are very low. This is because for conducting e-business, the entrepreneurs do not need a large store or professional space, e-business can be managed with minimum manpower. If entrepreneurs have good contact (network), they can do extremely good business with less investments.

(3) Convenience : In e-business, seller and buyer get advantages of internet platform. Internet offers the convenience of 24 × 7 × 365 days a year to both buyer and seller. Business can be done any time with great flexibility. Truly speaking, e-business has enabled and enhanced by electronics. It offers benefits of accessing anything, anytime and from anywhere.

(4) Speed : Web facilitates direct communication between the seller and buyer. It helps the customer to direct or point out his needs and expectation. Similarly, using website seller can show the available products, offer discount and do everything 1 possible to sell his products. Thus, much of buying or selling involves exchange of information through internet at the click of mouse.

(5) Global access : Truly speaking, internet is boundaryless. Internet facilitates and allows the seller an access to the national as well as global market. Internet also offers freedom to buyer to select products from any part of world. There is no need of face to face interaction between buyer and seller. All the things are completed by using internet.

(6) Movement towards a paperless society : Use of internet has considerably reduced its dependence on the paperwork. Due to use of internet, recording and referencing of information are very easy and less time consuming.

(7) Government support : In e-business transactions, cost reduction and availability of products at relatively low prices are possible. This is beneficial to society at large. Hence, government always supports or favours e-business by providing favourable environment for establishing e-business. This support facilitates maximum transparency in the business.

(8) Easy payment : The payment in e-business can be done by credit card, debit card, fund transfer, etc. These facilities are available round the clock.

[B] Disadvantages of e-business : The disadvantages of e-business are explained as follows:
(1) Lack of personal touch : Before buying the products most of the customers want to see, handle, touch, inspect or test the products which is not possible in e-business system. Because of this reasons, most of the customers do not look for online purchase of products on the internet.

(2) Delivery time : In e-business, the delivery of products takes considerable time. In traditional business, immediate delivery of products is given to buyer after he buys the products. The considerable time lag discourages the customer to buy products from e-business. Now a days most of the e-business assures one day delivery. This improvement does not solve the issue completely.

(3) Security issues : The scam through online business by many people cannot be denied. It is also easier for hackers to obtain one’s financial details which can be misused for their personal gain. Thus, online business has less security and integrity issues. Because of these reasons the potential buyers are also discouraged to buy anything from e-business.

(4) Government interference : Many a time, the government monitors, interferes and controls the e-business system. This may put a great hurdle on its growth and prosperity.

(5) High risk : In e-business system, transaction risks such as supply of inferior quality of goods, supplied products do not match with the sample shown, high prices, defects in products, cheating, etc. cannot be denied. In case of any fraud, it becomes very difficult to take legal action due to lack of direct contact between the parties.

Question 2.
What are the types of e-buslness? Explain.
Answer:
The types of e-business is shown in the following:
e-business-

Business to Business (B2B)
Business to Consumer (B2C)
Consumer to Business (C2B)
Consumer to Consumer (C2C)
Business to Administration (B2A)
Consumer to Administration (C2A)

The type of e-business are explained as follows:
(1) Business to Business (B2B) : The transactions under B2B include the transactions between one business firm with other business firms. In this type of transactions individual consumers are not involved. In order to get raw materials, catering services, manpower, components of machinery, etc., business firms interact with each other. B2B transactions include supplying ancillary parts/components to manufacturers, providing value added services like catering, providing man power, etc. The business must depend upon one another in order to survive.

(2) Business to Consumer (B2C) : The transactions under B2C include transactions between business firms and consumers. When consumer identifies a need or requirement, he searches for the product or services to fulfil his need. He then selects a vendor, negotiates the price, receives product or services, makes payment and gets service and warranty claims.

The business firms use their website for different range of marketing activities such as sales or product promotion, product information, reviews about the product or service and delivery of the products at doorstep. In order to get more response from the customers, the cost of products and services is kept low through this method and the speed of transaction is faster, e.g. www.flipkart.com, www.yebhi.com, etc.

(3) Consumer to Business (C2B) : Consumer to Business is rapidly growing where the consumer demands or requests a specific service from the business lender. In this transaction, buyers quote their own price for specific product or services. A consumer who is in need of product or services posts his request with a specific budget. The companies interested in providing services or products review the customer’s requirement, negotiate price and finalise the deal. Pest control service, doorstep food delivery, taxi services, etc. are the examples of Consumer to Business transaction.

(4) Consumer to Consumer (C2C) : The transactions under Consumer to Consumer are between two people. Using e-business facility on internet, the consumers can buy and sell goods and services to other consumers, through some third party. A common consumer posts the product or services for sale with the price and other details online and other consumers tries to buy them. The sites are performing the role of intermediaries, just to match the consumers.

For buying and selling, internet allows a lot of space for consumers group to be formed. The consumer forums interact with each other for best variety of goods and services. Through such groups redressal of complaints is also possible. One may sell his products through an online retail space operated by eBay or Yahoo! shopping, etc.

(5) Business to Administration (B2A) : The transactions under Business to Administration are between the business and public administration. This part of e-commerce entirely includes all transactions conducted online between firm at one end and public administration on the other end. For instance, registration of companies, filing returns, payment of taxes, getting permits, etc.

(6) Consumer to Administration (C2A) : The transactions under Consumer to Administration are between the Consumer and Public Administration. This part of e-commerce includes entirely all transactions conducted online between consumer at one end and public administration on the other end. For instance, obtaining passport, aadhaar card, licenses, etc.

Question 3.
What are the advantages of outsourcing?
Answer:
Advantages : The advantages of outsourcing are explained as follows:
(1) Overall cost advantages : Outsourcing reduces cost. Outsourcing avoids the need to hire employees in houses. Hence, recruitment and training costs can be eliminated or minimised. It S also saves time and efforts on training the employees. Similarly, cost of outsourcing services is much less than recruiting work force for the company.

(2) Stimulates entrepreneurship, employment and experts : Outsourcing encourages and stimulates entrepreneurship, employment and expertness in the country from where outsourcing is done.

(3) Low manpower cost : In every organisation manpower is required to operate machineries, to do routine work, to perform jobs, to administer and manage business affairs. Recruitment and appointment of personnel on permanent basis are costly. Manpower through outsourcing is available at a lower cost. Outsourcing is beneficial in some portions of business process.

(4) Access to professional, expert and high quality services : Usually the non-core areas or tasks are given to the people who are expert, specialised and skilled in that particular field. These people provide better level of services. They commit less errors and avoid wastage and misuse.

(5) Emphasis on core process rather than the supporting ones : Outsourcing supporting the business processes, facilitates the organisation to concentration on its core (more important) areas to improve the quality of its products and services. This in turn leads to better profits and increase output and turnover.

(6) Investment requirements are reduced : By outsourcing the non-core areas, the organisation can easily save on investing in the latest technology. These organisation allow the outsourcing partners to handle the entire infrastructure. Thus, the organisation itself is required to manage only remaining portion of business process. Hence, investment requirements of the organisation are very less.

(7) Increased efficiency and productivity : Many a time tasks are outsourced to the vendors who are specialised in their fields. Outsourced vendors have deep knowledge, experience, specific equipment and technical expertise. They give performance or do assigned task much better than the ones at the outsourcing organisation. As a result the tasks can be completed faster, with greater efficiency and with better quality output.

(8) Knowledge sharing : Most of the times tasks are outsourced to the vendors who are specialised and expert in their fields. While working together outsourced partners (vendors) share their knowledge, experience, technical expertise, etc. with the employees of the organisation. This is one of the prime advantages of outsourcing. Organisation also uses and shares particular kind of service. Thus, outsourcing helps to develop both the companies and also boosts goodwill in the industry.

Question 4.
What are the disadvantages of outsourcing ?
Answer:
Disadvantages of outsourcing : The disadvantages of outsourcing are explained as follows:
(1) Lack of customer focus : An outsourced vendor may be catering to the expertise needs of several companies at a time. In such cases, the vendors may lack complete focus on outsourcing company’s needs or tasks. As a result, the quality of the outsourced service may not be up to the mark.

(2) A threat to security and confidentiality : When an organisation outsources some portions of business process, it involves a risk of exposing its confidential information to a third party. Similarly, there is danger of the misuse of company’s confidential information by the contractors. So outsourcing involves security issues.
(3) Dissatisfactory services : In case the organisation does not select right partner for outsourcing, it has to face several problems such as substandard quality output, delayed delivery, inappropriate categorisation of responsibilities, etc. It has to compromise on the quality of outsourcing.

(4) Ethical issues : In some cases, the company outsourcing its non-core areas, ignores ethical issues related to outsourcing. When the functions of the organisation are outsourced to a company from another country, the employment opportunities from one’s own country get reduced, which in turn aggravates the unemployment problem.

(5) Other disadvantages :

Misunderstanding of contracts ultimately creates many problems for the organisations.
Lack of effective communication also creates many problems to the organisations outsourcing their functions.
Some times the quality of the outsourced service is not up to the mark, poor and delayed services. In such cases company has to suffer heavy loss on account of wastage.

8. Answer the following

Question 1.
Explain the steps involved in online transaction.
Answer:
In online transaction there are three stages, viz. pre-purchase/sale, actual purchase/ sale and delivery stage. Online transaction involves the following steps:
(1) Registration : Registration is compulsory for online transactions. One who wants to do online shopping is required to register his name with online vendor by filling up a registration form. The consumer is required to login a particular website. The customer’s details such as email ID, name, address and other information are saved and are safe with the website along with a ‘Password’ relating to the registered ‘account’ and ‘Shopping cart’. To avoid misuse by anyone ‘Account’ and ‘Shopping Cart’ are password protected.

(2) Placing an order : The online shopper can select, pick up and drop the items or things in the shopping cart. The shopping cart keeps the systematic and detail record of what items or things have been picked up, quantity to be bought, the price of each product while browsing the online store. After confirmation, the customer or shopper has to choose a payment option.

(3) Payment : Making payment is the last step in online transaction. The buyer is required to select the payment option. The payment systems in online transactions are secured with very high level encryption. Because of these arrangements, the personal financial information gets completely secured. Payment can be made in one of the following ways:
(i) Cash on Delivery (COD) : According to Cash on Delivery mode of payment, after receiving physical delivery of goods, payments is effected at the doorstep of the customer. The customer can make payment in cash or through debit or credit card.

(ii) Cheque : Under this mode of payment, the S vendor collects the cheque from the customer and j after realisation of the cheque, delivery of the goods is given to the buyer.

(iii) Net banking transfer : Under this mode, the payment is made by buyer to vendor by transfer of funds through the internet. The buyer transfers the agreed purchase amount to the online vendor’s account. It is an electronic facility i of transferring funds though the internet. After receiving the amount, the vendor delivers the goods to the buyer.

(iv) Credit or Debit Cards : Credit card and Debit card are also called Plastic Money. The vendor gets the amount from the buyer through credit or debit card. The amount gets immediately transferred to vendor’s bank account. After the successful transfer of funds, goods are delivered by the vendor to buyer.

(v) Digital Cash : Digital cash is a form of electronic currency which has no reed physical properties. However, digital cash offers the ability to use real currency in an electronic format.

Question 2.
What is Outsourcing? Explain the advantages and disadvantages of outsourcing.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : Outsourcing is a process of allocation of specific business processes or functions to a specialist external service provider or agency for certain monetary consideration. In outsourcing, the service provider or contractor enters into an agreement or formal contract with the company or the firm for providing services against certain monetary charges. After this the service provider, will take the responsibility of carrying out the tasks as per the expectation of the company.

[B] Advantages : The advantages of outsourcing are explained as follows:
(1) Overall cost advantages : Outsourcing reduces cost. Outsourcing avoids the need to hire employees in houses. Hence, recruitment and training costs can be eliminated or minimised. It is also saves time and efforts on training the employees. Similarly, cost of outsourcing services is much less than recruiting work force for the company.

(2) Stimulates entrepreneurship, employment and experts : Outsourcing encourages and stimulates entrepreneurship, employment and expertness in the country from where outsourcing is done.

[C] Disadvantages of outsourcing : The disadvantages of outsourcing are explained as follows:
(1) Lack of customer focus : An outsourced vendor may be catering to the expertise needs of several companies at a time. In such cases, the vendors may lack complete focus on outsourcing company’s needs or tasks. As a result, the quality of the outsourced service may not be up to the mark.

(5) Other disadvantages :

Misunderstanding of contracts ultimately creates many problems for the organisations.
Lack of effective communication also creates many problems to the organisations outsourcing their functions.
Some times the quality of the outsourced service is not up to the mark, poor and delayed services. In such cases company has to suffer heavy loss on account of wastage.

OCM 12th Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

12th OCM Chapter 4 Exercise Business Services Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

March 28, 2025March 27, 2025 by Bhagya

Business Services 12th OCM Chapter 4 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 12th Textbook Solutions Chapter 4 Business Services Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 12 OCM Chapter 4 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct option and rewrite the sentence.

Question 1.
Door to door service is provided by …………….. transport.
(a) railway
(b) road
(c) air
Answer:
(b) road

Question 2.
…………….. creates time utility.
(a) Warehouse
(b) Transport
(c) Communication
Answer:
(a) Warehouse

Question 3.
…………….. warehouses provide facilities for perishable commodities.
(a) Bonded
(b) Cold storage
(c) Government
Answer:
(b) Cold storage

Question 4.
……………. policy covers all types of risks of a vessel while it is anchored at the port for a particular period of time.
(a) Port risk
(b) Voyage
(c) Floating
Answer:
(a) Port risk

Question 5.
Principle of …………….. is not applicable to life insurance.
(a) insurable interest
(b) utmost good faith
(c) indemnity
Answer:
(c) indemnity

1. (B) Match the pairs.

Question 1.

Group A	Group B
(A) Air Transport	(1) Time utility
(B) Warehousing	(2) Intangible in nature
(C) Money remittance	(3) Fastest mode of transport
(D) Pipeline Transport	(4) April,2019
(E) Business Service	(5) Western Union Money Transfer
	(6) Fixed deposit account
	(7) Petroleum and gas
	(8) Tangible
	(9) Place utility
	(10) Savings account

Answer:

Group A	Group B
(A) Air Transport	(3) Fastest mode of transport
(B) Warehousing	(1) Time utility
(C) Money remittance	(5) Western Union Money Transfer
(D) Pipeline Transport	(7) Petroleum and gas
(E) Business Service	(2) Intangible in nature

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term for the following sentence.

Question 1.
These warehouses are owned, managed and controlled by central and state governments or public authorities.
Answer:
government warehouse

Question 2.
An art of exchanging ideas, facts, information etc. from one person or entity to another.
Answer:
Communication

Question 3.
A rail system in which the track consists of a single rail or a beam.
Answer:
monorail

Question 4.
A transport system used to carry petroleum and gases.
Answer:
pipeline transport

Question 5.
A ministry who looks after development of surface transport throughout country.
Answer:
Ministry of Road Transport and Highways

1. (D) State whether following statements are true or false.

Question 1.
Business services are important for the growth of business.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Current Account is opened by salaried persons.
Answer:
False

Question 3.
NEFT stands for National Electric Fund Transfer.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
Air transport is cheapest mode of transport.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
The Internet is the global system of interconnected computer networks that use the internet protocol suite to link devices worldwide.
Answer:
True

1. (E) Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Primary credit co-operative society, state co-operative bank, district co-operative bank, exchange bank.
Answer:
exchange bank

Question 2.
NABARD, RBI, SIDBI, EXIM.
Answer:
RBI

Question 3.
Direct mail, Logistics post, Business post, Parcel
Answer:
Parcel

Question 4.
Endowment policy, Whole life policy, Money back policy, Blanket policy.
Answer:
Blanket policy.

1. (F) Complete the sentence.

Question 1.
The term bank comes from the French word …………….. .
Answer:
Banco

Question 2.
…………….. warehouses provide facilities for perishable commodities
Answer:
Cold storage

Question 3.
In ……………… policy, several ships belonging to one owner are insured under the same policy.
Answer:
fleet

Question 4.
…………….. banking refers to the use of banking services with the help of mobile phones.
Answer:
Mobile

1. (G) Select the correct option and complete the following table.

(RTGS, SIDBI, apex financial institution in banking industry of country, recurring deposit, long term loans)

	Group A	Group B
A.	……………	fund transfer on real time and gross basis
B.	loans to meet long term capital requirements	……………
C.	……………	Account operated by salaried and businessmen both.
D.	Central bank	……………
E.	……………	Principal financial institution for MSMEs

Answer:

	Group A	Group B
A.	RTGS	fund transfer on real time and gross basis
B.	loans to meet long term capital requirements	long term loans
C.	Recurring Deposit	Account operated by salaried and businessmen both.
D.	Central bank	apex financial institution in banking industry of country
E.	SIDBI	Principal financial institution for MSMEs

1. (H) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What is debit card?
Answer:
A debit card is a card which is used by the cardholders to make purchases and avail of services at different places without making cash payment but payment is deducted from or debited to the account of the debit cardholders immediately.

Question 2.
What is ‘subject matter’ In insurance?
Answer:
‘Subject matter’ In Insurance refers to life, property, cargo or ship, etc. which is Insured against whose insurance policy Is taken.

Question 3.
What is government warehouse?
Answer:
The warehouses which are owned. managed and controlled by the Central and State Governments or public authorities to assist small farmers, businessmen, traders in storing goods at nominal charges are called government Warehouses.

Question 4.
What is air transport?
Answer:
The mode of transport which is operated above the surface of the earth and carries goods and passengers through airways by using different aircrafts Is called air transport.

Question 5.
What is communication?
Answer:
The term ‘communication’ means any exchange of Ideas, facts, information, messages. feelings and emotions among two or more persons in a way that they share common understanding about it.

1. (I) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
Overdraft facility is available for savings bank account holder.
Answer:
Current

Question 2.
Services are tangible in nature.
Answer:
Intangible

Question 3.
Insurance helps to maximize the risks in the business.
Answer:
Minimise

Question 4.
The foreign bank is the apex financial institution in banking industry in the country.
Answer:
Centrals

Question 5.
RTGS stands for Reasonable Time Gross Settlement.
Answer:
real

1. (J) Arrange in proper order.

Question 1.
Claim, Accident, Taking the policy, Compensation.
Answer:
Taking the policy, Accident, Claim, Compensation

Question 2.
Email, Inland letter, Courier
Answer:
Inland letter, Courier, E-mail

2. Explain the following terms/concepts.

Question 1.
Transport
Answer:
(1) Service or facility which creates physical movement of men, materials, goods. animals. etc. from one place (location) to another is called transport. Transportation can be defined as a means of carrying or transferring goods. people, animals, material. etc. from one place to another.

(2) Usually transportation is carried through various modes like land transport (i.e Railways and Roadways), water transport and air transport. It brings mobility both to human resources and physical resources. Transport plays key role in nations economy and economic development. After 1991, in India. development of infrastructure within the country has made progress at rapid rate and today there are different modes of transport operated in India. Transport helps in production. expands market, create place utility in goods and services, brings stability to prices, creates employment opportunities, improves standard of living of the people, provides help during emergency and facilitates economic development.

Question 2.
Communication
Answer:
(1) The term ‘communication’ means any interchange of ideas, messages, facts, information, feelings and emotions among two or more persons In a way that they share common understanding about it. It Is a process of giving away or passing on any information by any person to some other person with the help of some medium. Thus, receiver after receiving the message understands it in the desired form and acts accordingly.

(2) Means of communication consist of magazines, newspaper, post and telegraphs. telephone. Internet, e-mail, television, etc. Communication facilitates transmit business Information more quickly among the businessmen. The difficulty of distance is effectively solved by various means of communication. Effective communication facilitates the development and growth of domestic and international markets which bring prosperity to the country.

Question 3.
Banking
Answer:
(1) The term ‘Bank’ Is derived from the French word ‘Banco’ which means a ‘bench’. In olden days, moneylenders used to display coins and currencies on the tables or benches for the purpose of lending or exchanging. An organisation which is dealing with money is called bank. An institution offering certain financial services such as the safe keeping of money and lending money to needy people is called Bank.

(2) According to the Indian Banking Regulation Act, 1949, bankIng company means “any company which transacts the business of banking in India.” The word banking has defined further as “acceptingfor the purpose of lending or investment of deposits of money from the public repayable on demand or otherwise and withdrawable by cheques. drafts, order or otherwise.” Bank accepts deposits repayable on demand by cheques or drafts and lends or invests the surplus money as a part of normal business. It makes a profit by accepting deposits at a lower rate of Interest and lending money at a higher rate of Interest.

Question 4.
Insurance
Answer:
(1) Business involves various risks like accident, fire, theft, flood, cyclone, etc. It is very difficult for a trader to bear risks of loss. Similarly, human life is subject to various risks such as death by accident, premature death, etc. The specialised agency called insurance company has emerged to provide financial protection against the possible loss due to the happening of such events. Insurance company gives financial protection by charging certain amount as a premium. It. is a risk management, primarily meant to hedge or for compensating against the risk of a contingent or uncertain loss.

(2) Insurance is a contract between two parties whereby one of them (the insurer) agrees in return for a premium to indemnify the other (the insured) against a monetary loss that may be suffered by the other on the happening of some specified event. According to Insurance Act of 1938, “Insurance Is defined as, “A provision which a prudent man makes against inevitable contingencies”.

Question 5.
Warehousing
Answer:
(1) Warehousing means storing of goods in a godown to hold them in stock from the time of production or purchase till the time of their sale. It is generally used to denote all those activities which are concerned with the storage of goods in a godown or warehouse. One of the marketing processes or a group activity is to hold the goods in stock from the time of production till the time of consumption. When storage of goods is required to be arranged on a large scale In a specified manner, it is called warchousing’. Warehouse means a building in which especially retail goods are stored.

(2) Warehousing is defined as “an establishment for the storage of or accumulation of goocis.’ Warehousing gives protection to goods and helps businessmen to raise finance. It facilitates and provides space for grading. branding and processing. It creates time utility and help in price stabilisation of goods. Thus, warehousing implies a group of activities connected with the storing and preserving of stored goods from the time of their production or purchase till the Urne of their sale or consumption.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion.

Question 1.
Ms. Harshali has started new business two years ago. Her customers are located in different parts of the country and hence they are directly depositing bill amount in her business account. At the same time she used to pay various payments from this account only.

(i) Identify Type of account maintained by Ms. Harshali.
(ii) Suggest any one modern way of money transfer to Ms.Harshali.
(iii) State any one facility she gets on her bank account?
Answer:
(i) Ms. Harshali is a businesswoman and hence she has maintained current account to suit the needs of her business.

(ii) NEFT which stands for National Electronic Funds Transfer is the one of the modern ways of transferring fund (money) from one branch to another branch or from one bank to another bank safely can be suggested to Ms. Harshall to transfer money.

(iii) Ms. Harshali gets overdraft facility on her current account.

Question 2.
Mr. Jagan is a salaried person. He wants to take policy for his two children which assures them protection as well as completes their financial needs once they become major by age.

(i) Suggest him a policy which can satisfy requirements of his children.
(ii) Who are beneficiaries of policy?
(iii) In above case which principle is involved?
Answer:
(i) Mr. Jagan. a salaried person should take “Child Insurance Policy” to satisfy the financial requirements of his children.
(ii) In child insurance policy, children of the insured person are the beneficiaries.
(iii) In the above case, principle of Insurable interest is involved.

Question 3.
Mr. Sharan is successful manufacturer. He is having production units at various locations. He is having multiple production units, he has large stock of raw material and finished goods. He is worried about safeguarding goods from any unwanted financial loss. He also requires to transfer raw material and finished goods from one unit to other but does not have any facility for that. He also requires funds for expansion.

(i) Name the service which will help him to safeguard goods from any damage?
(ii) Which service will help him to remove difficulty of place?
(iii) From which service sector will he get financial support?
Answer:
(i) Warehousing’ is the service that helps Mr. Sharan to safeguard his goods from any damage.
(ii) Transport service will help Mr. Sharan to remove the difficulty of place.
(iii) Mr. Sharan will get financial support from Banking sector.

Question 4.
Mr. Amit is a businessman. He has his own factories in Pune and Nashik. He lives in Pune with his wife and 2 daughters aged 5 and 8 years.

(i) Can Mr. Amit take a life insurance policy for his wife and 2 children?
(ii) Can Mr. Amit take a marine insurance policy for his factories?
(iii) Which type of insurance should Mr. Amit take for protecting his factories from loss due to fire?
Answer:
(i) Mr. Amit can take whole life policy or term insurance policy for his wife and child insurance policy or money back policy for his daughters.
(ii) Mr. Amit cannot take marine insurance policy for his factories.
(iii) Mr. Amit can take Floating Fire Insurance Policy for protecting his factories at Pune and Nashik.

4. Distinguish between.

Question 1.
Duty Paid Warehouse and Bonded Warehouse
Answer:

	Duty Paid Warehouse	Bonded Warehouse
1. Meaning	Duty-paid warehouse is a warehouse which stocks on which duty is already paid.	Bonded warehouse is the warehouse which stocks goods the goods on which duty is yet to be paid.
2. Location	These warehouses are situated near dock area or port.	These warehouses are situated within the dock area.
3. Markets	Goods stored in duty-paid warehouses are meant mostly for the domestic markets.	Goods stored in bonded warehouses are meant mostly for re-export.
4. Supervision	These warehouses are free from the supervision of customs authority. However, they are controlled by port authority	These warehouses are under the close supervision of customs authority.
5. Delivery	Delivery of goods is given only after the payment of rent and service charges of the warehouse.	Goods are held in bond and its delivery is given only after the payment of import duty.
6. Ownership	This warehouse is owned and managed by the dock (public) authorities.	This warehouse is owned by the dock or private authorities.

Question 2.
Central Bank and Commercial Bank
Answer:

	Central Bank	Commercial Bank
1. Meaning	The central bank regulates money supply in the country by exercising control over the commercial banks.	A commercial bank accepts deposits from the public, grant loans to businessmen and public.
2. PrInting and Currency	The central bank is authorised to print currency notes.	The commercial bank is not authorlsed to print currency notes.
3. Acceptance of deposits	The central bank does not accept deposit from the public.	The commercial bank accepts deposit from general public.
4. Loans	The central bank provides loans and advances to banks and other financial institutions.	The commercial bank grants loans and advances to businessmen, industry and people.
5. Ownership	The central bank is owned and controlled by the Central government of the concerned country.	The commercial banks can be owned and controlled by the government as well as private sector organisations.
6. Number	There can be only one central bank for the whole country.	There is a large network of different commercial banks in the country.

Question 3.
Road Transport and Air Transport
Answer:

	Road Transport	Air Transport
1. Speed	Road Transport vehicles have limited speed particularly over long distances due to rough roads, hilly areas, traffic jams, observation of signaling system, road accidents, etc.	Air transport has very high speed. It is fastest mode of transport. It is due to aerial route, no signaling system to observe, straight route, no disturbance in speed, etc.
2. Suitability	It is suitable for short distances and for carrying perishable goods such as fruits, fish, vegetables, foodgrains and other consumer goods.	Air transport is suitable to carry light, perishable and valuable goods to any part of the world.
3. Door-to-door service	It provides door-to-door service. It reaches the goods at the doorsteps of the buyer.	It cannot provide door to door services. It carries goods and passengers from one airport to other air port.
4. Cost	It requires limited capital investment for construction of roads and their maintenance.	It requires relatively huge capital investment in terms of construction of airport, aircraft, runways, air control towers and their maintenance.
5. Means of transport	Road transport uses bullock carts, cycles, motor- cycles, autorickshaws, cars, tempos, trucks, buses, etc.	Air transport uses aircraft, cargo planes, jets, helicopters, etc.
6. Accidents	Chances of accidents are more due to poor road conditions and negligent drivers.	Changes of accident are very less because maintenance and appointment of expert and trained pilots.

Question 4.
Life Insurance and Marine Insurance
Answer:

	Life Insurance	Marine Insurance
1. Meaning	Life insurance is a contract whereby the insurance company in consideration of a premium, undertakes to pay a certain sum of money either on death of assured person or on maturity of policy whichever is earlier.	Marine insurance is a contract of indemnity against loss or damage to cargo (goods) or ships arising due to perils of sea.
2. Who takes it?	Life insurance policy is usually taken by an individual for his own life or for the benefit of his family members.	Marine insurance policy is taken by importers, exporters and shipping companies.
3. Subject-matter	In life insurance, the life of the insured person is a subject-matter.	In marine insurance, goods lying in the ship, cargo and freight are the subject-matter.
4. Period	Life insurance is usually a long term contract, usually more than ten years or even death.	Marine insurance is usually for a short period which may range from one month to a year.
5. Principle of Indemnity	The principle of indemnity is not applicable to life insurance contract because life of human being cannot be valued in terms of money for calculating actual loss.	The principle of indemnity is applicable to marine insurance as insurance company indemnifies the financial loss to bring back insured in the same financial condition that he was before the event.
6. Insurable Interest	In life insurance contract, insurable interest must exist at the time of contract.	The insurable interest must exist at the time of the contract and also at the time of happening of the event.

Question 5.
Savings Account and Current Account
Answer:

	Savings Account	Current Account
1. Meaning	A savings account is a type of bank account meant for any individual for safe keeping of his money and for making savings.	A current account is a type of bank account meant for a businessman or a firm or commercial organisations for facilitating regular trading operations.
2. Facilities	The facilities of overdraft and cash credit Eire not given to the saving accountholders.	Overdraft and cash credit facilities are given to the current accountholders only.
3. Suitability	Saving account is suitable for regular income earners and salaried or wage earners.	Current account is suitable for traders, businessmen, commercial organisations and institutions.
4. Restrictions on withdrawal	There are certain restrictions on the number of withdrawals and the amount to be withdrawn at a time.	There are no restrictions on withdrawal of money from this account as long as there is balance in the account.
5. Interest	Interest at low rate is credited monthly, quarterly, half-yearly and yearly basis in this account.	No interest is paid in this account.
6. Documents	The documents like passbook, balance on SMS, account statement, etc. are provide in this account.	Banks provide monthly statement of account every month in this account.

Question 6.
Life Insurance and Fire Insurance
Answer:

	Life Insurance	Fire Insurance
1. Meaning	Life insurance is a contract whereby the insurance company in consideration of a premium, undertakes to pay a certain sum of money either on death of assured person or on maturity of policy whichever is earlier.	Fire insurance is a contract of indemnity against loss or damage to goods or property arising from fire or related events.
2. Who takes it?	Life insurance policy is usually taken by an individual for his own life or for the benefit of his family members.	Fire insurance policy is taken by individuals, property owners or businessmen for their goods and business properties.
3. Subject-matter	In life insurance, the life of the insured person is a subject-matter.	In fire insurance, the property, assets or goods of the insured is the subject-matter.
4. Period	Life insurance is usually a long term contract, usually more than ten years or even death.	Fire insurance contract is generally for one year or even for a lesser period.
5. Principle of indemnity	The principle of indemnity is not applicable to life insurance contract because life of human being cannot be valued in terms of money for calculating actual loss.	The principle of indemnity is applicable to fire insurance contract because the amount of loss of property can be calculated easily. The-amount of loss or the policy amount whichever is less is paid to the insured.
6. Insurable interest	In life insurance contract, insurable interest must exist at the time of contract.	In fire insurance contract, insurable interest must exist both at the time of taking policy and also at the time of event.

Question 7.
Road Transport and Rail Transport
Answer:

	Road Transport	Rail Transport
1. Meaning	Road Transport vehicles have limited speed particularly over long distances due to rough roads, hilly areas, traffic jams, observation of signaling system, road accidents, etc.	Rail transport operates at a high speed due to mechanical devices, straight railway tracks and absence of obstructions on the railway tracks.
2. Suitability	It is suitable for short distances and for carrying perishable goods such as fruits, fish, vegetables, foodgrains and other consumer goods.	It is suitable for carrying heavy and bulky goods such as machinery, cotton, coal, etc. for long distances.
3. Door to Door services	It provides door-to-door services. It reaches the goods at the doorsteps of the buyer.	It cannot provide door-to-door services. It carries goods and passengers from one railway station to another.
4. Carrying Capacity	It has limited carrying capacity.	It has large carrying capacity.
5. Cost of construction and maintenance	It requires relatively less capital investment in terms of construction of roads and their maintenance.	The cost of construction and maintenance of trains, railway tracks and stations is very high.
6. Transport charges	Transport charges are not fixed but they are usually high due to increase in fuel charges.	Transport charges are fixed according to the distance and they are relatively low.

Question 8.
Rail Transport and Air Transport
Answer:

	Rail Transport	Air Transport
1. Speed	Railway transport has comparatively low speed.	Air transport has very high speed. It is the fastest mode of transport.
2. Carrying capacity	Its carrying capacity is very high.	Its carrying capacity is comparatively limited.
3. Suitability	It is more suitable to carry bulky and heavy goods over long distance.	It is suitable to carry light, perishable and valuable goods to any part of the world.
4. Transport charges	Transport charges are relatively low.	Transport charges are very high.
5. Ownership	It is owned only by public sector i.e. the government.	It is owned by both public sector as well as private sector.
6. Means of transport	It uses passenger trains and goods trains.	It uses aircraft, jets, cargo planes, helicopters, etc.

Question 9.
Current Account and Fixed Deposit Account
Answer:

	Current Account	Fixed Deposit Account
1. Meaning	A Current Account is a type of bank account under which there are no restrictions on depositing and withdrawing money.	A Fixed Deposit Account is a type of bank account under which fixed amount is deposited for a fixed period of time.
2. Withdrawals	There are no restrictions on withdrawal of money from this account as long as there is balance in the account.	No withdrawal is permitted before the date of maturity. However, a certain amount by way of loan can be granted against the FDR.
3. Facilities	Overdraft and cash credit facilities are given to the current account holders only.	Overdraft and Cash credit facilities are not given to the fixed deposit account holders.
4. Rate of interest	Generally no interest is paid on the balance standing in this account.	Banks offer higher rates of interest. Longer the period, higher will be the rate of interest and vice versa.
5. Duration	This account has no fixed duration. It may run as long as the accountholder desires.	This account is run for a fixed period after which the amount is repaid along with interest thereon.
6. Receipt	Bank provide statement of account at the end of every month to the current accountholders.	A Fixed Deposit Receipt (FDR) is issued by the bank to the accountholder.

5. Answer in brief.

Question 1.
State four types of deposits.
Answer:
The different types of deposits are explained below:
(1) Fixed Deposits : Fixed deposit is a type bank account in which certain fixed amount is deposited and kept in the bank for certain fixed period of time bearing fixed interest rate. The rate of interest paid on fixed deposit is higher than the rate of interest paid on other types of deposits. This rate of interest varies with the deposit period. Interest may also be paid periodically or annually. On Premature withdrawal of deposit before maturity date lower rate of interest is given. The deposit holder gets Fixed Deposit Receipt (FDR) issued by the bank. Loan can be obtained against this FDR.

(2) Recurring deposit : Recurring deposit is an account where depositor is required to deposit certain fixed amount at regular interval say monthly for certain fixed period. On the date of maturity, depositor gets the total amount deposited and interest accrued on such deposit amount. Rate of interest paid is higher and varies according to period of time. The depositor is given pass j book to record the entries of deposits, ft is taken by salaried people and businessmen who have regular income.

(3) Demand deposit: The demand deposit is one in which deposited amount is repaid to the accountholder as and when demanded. The amount of money can be withdrawn by the accountholder from the bank by using withdrawal slips, cheques, ATM cards, online transfer, etc.

(4) Savings deposit : A bank account designed for the personal savings is called savings account. The main aim of this deposit account is to inculcate the regular habit of savings among the common people. This account is suitable for those people who have fixed and regular income like salaries, wages, etc. Although there is no restriction on the depositing of money but frequent withdrawals are not permitted by the bank. Interest on balance amount is credited in this account quarterly or half yearly. Pass book, cheque book, balance on SMS, account statement, etc. are provided to the accountholders to know the position of account.

Some banks provide to their accountholders flexi deposit facility which combines the advantages of savings account and fixed deposit account. In case of multiple option deposit account, the excess amount above certain predetermined limit gets automatically transferred from Savings Account to fixed deposit account. Under this type of account, if adequate fund is not available in savings account to honour the cheques, then the funds get transferred automatically from fixed deposit account to savings deposit account.

Question 2.
State four modes of transport.
Answer:
The four modes of transport are explained as follows:
(1) Road transport : Road transport is the oldest mode of transport. It means and includes various means of transport which move on the surface of the earth without the use of railway tracks. Roads are the means which connect people and places on the surface of the land. It provides connectivity on any terrain (land) in comparison to other modes of transport. The different types of vehicles plying on the road include bullock carts, cycles, motor-cycles, autorickshaws, cars, tempos, trucks, buses, etc. They are called means of road transport.

(2) Rail transport : The mode of transport which moves on the surface of the earth with the help of parallel railway tracks is called rail transport. In other words, transportation of goods and passengers over long distances on rail lines through trains is called rail transport. It is an important land transport system of our country. The services of railways are provided by Ministry of Railways. Indian Railways operate different types of trains such as passenger trains, mails, express and cargo or goods trains. Some popular trains run by Indian Railways are Rajdhani Express, Duronto Express, Shatabdi Express, Intercity Express, Vande Bharat Express, holiday special trains, etc. Some luxury trains like Palace on Wheels, Deccan Odyssey, Ramayana Express, Maharaja Express, etc. are run to promote domestic tourism business.

(3) Air transport: The mode of transport which is operated above the surface of the earth i.e., in the sky through airways is called air transport. It has recent origin. Air transport uses different air crafts such as passenger air crafts, cargo aircraft, helicopters, etc. to carry the goods and passengers through airways at distant places. As compared to other modes of transport, air transport has fastest speed. It does not provide door to door services. Air transport is convenient mode in hilly or mountainous areas where other modes of transport cannot reach. It is also suitable mode of transport in emergency situations like war, natural calamities, etc. Air transport is classified into domestic and international air transport. The different national and international private and public sector airways companies are giving services.

(4) Water transport: The mode of transport which is carried out on the surface of water is called water transport. It represents transport facilities in water. It is the cheapest mode of transport. Water transport carries passengers and goods to different places on water ways by using various means like boats, steamers, launches, ships, etc. Water transport can be sub-divided into two categories viz. inland water transport which carries goods and passengers within the country and ocean transport which carries goods and passengers on ocean, sea route. In India, the Ministry of Shipping takes care of development of ocean transport.

Question 3.
State four life insurance policies.
Answer:
The different types of life insurance policies are explained as follows:
(1) Whole Life Policy : Under this policy, whole life of a person is insured and that he is required to pay premium up to his death. The policy holder (assured) cannot get any benefits i.e. money from insurance policy till he is alive. After his death, the amount of the policy is paid to his nominee or to the legal heir. Such a policy is meant for making a provision for the dependents of the assured. The rate of premium is usually low.

(2) Endowment Insurance Policy : An endowment insurance policy is for a specific period and the amount of such a policy along with bonus is paid after the maturity to the assured himself or on the death of the assured to the nominee or his dependents whichever is earlier.

(3) Term Insurance Policy : This type of policy is issued for a specific period. Premium is very low, fixed and remains unchanged during the term of the policy. In case of untimely death of assured, the nominee or dependents are paid the benefit amount mentioned in the insurance policy.

(4) Annuity Policy : Under this policy, insured has to pay the premium in lump sum or in instalments over certain number of years. After that, a certain amount is paid to the assured ; regularly on monthly basis for fix period or up to his death. It is similar to pension payment scheme.

(5) Money back Policy : Under this policy, the policyholder is paid regular or pre-determined percentage of the sum assured after every 10 years or 5 years during life time of policy and also provided the benefit of full sum assured to the nominee or dependents in the event of untimely death of the assured. Usually money back policy is available for 12 years, 15 years, 20 years, 25 years, etc.

Question 4.
State any four features of business services.
Answer:
The features of business services are explained as follows:
(1) Intangibility : Business services are intangible in nature. This is because business services cannot be seen, touched and smelt. They are not physical or material product. For instance, the building of the insurance company can be seen but insurance services offered by such company cannot be seen. People can avail of the benefits of insurance services although they are intangible in nature. On account of intangibility, services cannot be demonstrated as like goods. Hence services providers have to provide quality services to create good impression on the customers.

(2) Inseparability: One of the important features of business service is that the service and service provider cannot be separated from each other. At the time of rendering the services to the customers, the presence of service provider is must, e.g. medical treatment given by doctor to patient. In the case of services, production and its use (consumption) take place simultaneously.

(3) Inconsistency : Business services are heterogeneous i.e. they are not identical or exactly similar in all cases. They may differ from one person to another and from one place to another although service provider remains same. In fact, business services are heterogeneous, e.g. the services of a salesman in a Mall may have good impact on one customer and may not be liked by another customer.

(4) Perishability : Business services are perishable in nature. Hence, they cannot be stocked. The production and consumption (use) of services cannot be separated because services cannot be stored for future consumption. Since business services are intangible and perishable, there can never be inventory of services. Unlike products services cannot be stored for future sale, e.g. vacant seats of a morning bus from Mumbai to Pune cannot be utilised for evening trip of the same bus.

(5) Non-transferability : Business services are non-transferable in nature. The ownership of business services cannot be exchanged. We can exchange the ownership of products but not of services. A lady goes to a beauty parlour and hires services of the beautician by paying the fees. The lady cannot buy the ownership as its ownership remains with the beautician. If she needs such services again, she has to go to the beauty parlour and pay the beautician again for her services.

(6) Consumer participation : The participation of consumer is important for services. The seller or service provider will not be able to provide its services in absence of a consumer and vice versa. So, the presence or participation of both is necessary.

Question 5.
State money remittance services of postal department.
Answer:
Money remittance services : The money remittance services are explained as follows:
(i) Electronic Money Transfer (eMO) : A money order is the most convenient method of remitting money to distant places. It is an order issued by one post office to another to pay a certain amount of money to a person specified therein. The person to whom money is to be paid is called ‘Payee’. Under this service of the post office, money is delivered at the house or the place of stay of the receiver.

(ii) Instant Money Order (iMO) : Instant Money Order (iMO) is an instant web based money transfer service by which minimum Rs 1000 and maximum Rs 50,000 can be transferred to distant places from designated iMO post offices. It is the instant on-line money transfer service which is safe, convenient, reliable and affordable. The money can be sent to close relative residing at distant place in India. It is simple, quick and economical to send and receive money.

(iii) International Money Transfer : International Money Transfer is the most convenient, quick and easy way of transferring personal remittances from foreign country to family members or other beneficiaries in India. Now this service is made available in all post offices in India by Department of Post, Government of India with the help of Western Union Financial Services. The remittances of money are permitted from around 195 countries to India.

6. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
Air transport is fastest mode of transport.
Answer:
(1) The mode of transport which is operated above the surface of the earth i.e. in the sky through airways is called air transport. For carrying passengers and goods, air transport uses different aircrafts such as passengers aircrafts, cargo aircraft, helicopters, etc.

(2) Among the means of transport available at present, air transport is the fastest and the quickest means of transport. It uses natural ways and no separate construction of routes is required. It is also due to use of modern and advanced technology and highly qualified and professional technicians. Thick forests, high mountains, vast deserts and oceans cannot obstruct its speed and air routes.

(3) Air transport adopt shortest route to reach destination. It has faster speed without any disturbance of observing signal system speed. Air transport is useful to provide valuable services in hilly and mountainous areas, in situations like war and areas affected by natural calamities such as floods, cyclones, earthquakes, etc.

Question 2.
Communication is essential for growth of business.
Answer:
(1) Exchange of ideas, facts, information etc. from one person to another is called communication. It is a process of transfer of information from one place to another or from one person to another with the help of some medium. Means of communication comprise magazines, newspapers, post and telegraphs, radio and television, telephone, internet, e-mail, etc. Communication is essential for growth of business, which include industry, commerce, trade, etc.

(2) The difficulty of distance is effectively solved by various means of communication. Communication helps to transmit business information more quickly among the businessmen. Effective communication facilitates carrying required raw materials and other requirements from the place of their origin or market to the place of their production to facilitate large scale production. The communication also helps to carry finished products from the place of production to the places of consumption as well as market.

(3) Communication helps to make goods and services available wherever they are demanded. It helps to widen the market. Effective communications facilitates the development and growth of domestic and international market and bring prosperity to the country.

(4) Effective communication facilitates the reduction in the cost of production and distribution of goods at low prices which increase their demand and widen market. Increase in demand in turn leads to large scale production and supply. Thus, communication is essential for growth of business.

Question 3.
Principle of subrogation is applicable to all contracts of indemnity.
Answer:
(1) The principle of subrogation is a colliery to the principle of indemnity. According to the principle of subrogation, after the insured is fully compensated for the total loss of the property or goods insured by him, all the rights in such property or goods pass on to the insurer.

(2) Insured person cannot claim any right in the property saved from the damage or loss, once he is fully compensated by the insurer. This is necessary because, if part of the goods or property saved from the fire, accident, damage, floods or cyclone, etc. could fetch any price, the same cannot be retained by the policyholder or insured. In that case he would realise more than the actual loss, which is against the principle of indemnity.

(3) As like the principle of indemnity, the principle of subrogation is applicable to all insurance policies except life insurance policies. In life insurance contracts, the question of indemnity and subrogation does not arise. The insurer cannot indemnify the insured because the loss due to death cannot be determined exactly in terms of money.

(4) In all insurance contracts, except life insurance contract, principle of indemnity and principle of subrogation are applicable. On indemnifying the insured, the insurer can sell the remains of the property damaged and reduce his loss. However, this principle is applicable only if the damaged property has any value after the happening of the event.

Question 4.
Warehousing is important.
Answer:
(1) The term ‘warehousing’ is generally used to denote all those activities which are concerned with the storage of goods in a godown or warehouse. In modern days, these is a time gap between production of goods and their distribution. Warehousing is essential to hold the stock of goods till they have suitable demand.

(2) Agricultural goods such as rice, wheat, sugar, spices, etc. are produced seasonally but consumed throughout the year. It is necessary to store them in large quantity. Some goods may be required to be stored for conditioning, canning or processing, e.g. oil seeds, fish, fruits, etc. Some perishable goods such as eggs, meat, butter, fruits, vegetables, medicines, etc. are preserved in cold storage so that their quality remains as it is.

(3) Warehousing plays an important role in price stabilisation. It helps to protect the goods from theft, deterioration, i.e. future risks. Warehouses nowadays provide facilities like packing, processing, grading, etc. Warehousing is necessary to facilitate dispersion of goods from production centres to different markets.

Question 5.
Cash can be withdrawn from ATM at any time.
Answer:
(1) ATM is the abbreviation of Automated Teller Machine. It is popularly known as All Time Money or Any Time Money. ATM is an electronic cash dispensing machine. It is free standing self service terminal. There is no specific time limit for withdrawals of cash from ATM.

(2) ATM is one of important facilities provided by the bank to its savings accountholder. To avail of this facility, bank installs ATM terminals at the places of public utility such as railway stations, shopping malls, airports, post offices, busy streets, etc.

(3) For withdrawal of cash from ATM, every accountholder is given specific code number. By operating this system, the accountholder can withdraw the cash up to a specific limit or the quantum of amount available in the account whichever is less. ATM also provides other information like cash deposits, withdrawals, balance in the account, etc.

(4) Under this system, the accountholder has cent per cent liquidity of banking funds. ATM avails twenty four hours service. Hence, the accountholder can withdraw cash any time, i.e. even after banking hours, on holidays, Sundays or in the case of emergency by operating ATM. This facility is available in different parts of the country as well as outside the country.

7. Attempt the following.

Question 1.
Explain money remittance services of post department.
Answer:
Money remittance services : The money remittance services are explained as follows:
(i) Electronic Money Transfer (eMO) : A money order is the most convenient method of remitting money to distant places. It is an order issued by one post office to another to pay a certain amount of money to a person specified therein. The person to whom money is to be paid is called ‘Payee’. Under this service of the post office, money is delivered at the house or the place of stay of the receiver.

Question 2.
Explain marine insurance policies.
Answer:
The different types of marine policies are:
(1) Voyage Policy : Under the Voyage Policy, the cargo is insured for a specified voyage, from one port to another, irrespective of the time taken. For instance, the voyage may be from Mumbai to Tokyo. In this type of policy, risk begins as soon as ship starts from Mumbai and ends when it reaches Tokyo.

(2) Time Policy : Under the Time Policy, the subject-matter is insured for a specific period of time. It covers risks of the voyage undertaken during the specified period. Time policy cannot be issued for a period more than 1 year but may contain continuation clause which explains that if voyage is not completed within the specified time, the risk shall be covered until voyage is completed.

(3) Mixed Policy : This policy is the combination of the two policies, viz. time policy and voyage policy. It insures the cargo (i.e. goods loaded on a ship, etc.) on a particular voyage for a specific period of time. For instance, the policy may contain the clause ‘Mumbai to Singapore, for one month starting from 25th February, 2020 to 25th March, 2020’.

(4) Valued Policy : The valued policy is a policy in which the value of the subject-matter is agreed upon between the insurer and the insured at the time of taking out the insurance policy. Agreed amount of policy becomes payable by the insurance company to the insured i.e. policyholder in the event of loss. It facilitates easy settlement of claim, where it is difficult to find out real market value S of the cargo.

(5) Blanket Policy: Under this policy, the maximum limit of the needed amount of protection is estimated and premium is paid in advance. This policy gives information of nature of goods insured, ports and places of voyages, specific route and risks covered. This policy covers multiple 1 risks on one property or it may cover different properties under one policy.

(6) Port Risk Policy : This policy is taken by the shipowner. It undertakes to indemnify the shipowner for any loss that may occur to the ship while it is anchored at a port. This policy is held applicable till the departure of the vessel from the port.

(7) Composite Policy : This policy is purchased from many insurance companies when the amount of insurance is very high. However, the liability of each insurance company to pay the amount of j claim is separate and distinct.

(8) Single vessel policy : The small shipowner having only one ship in different fleets, usually purchases single vessel policy to cover the risk of loss. This policy covers the risk of one vessel of the insured.

(9) Fleet policy and Block policy : The marine policy which insures several ships belonging to one owner is called Fleet Policy. The Block Policy is another marine policy under which the cargo owner is given protection against the loss or damage of cargo in all modes of transport i.e. rail, road and sea.

Question 3.
Explain types of warehouses.
Answer:
The different types of warehouses are:
(1) Private warehouses : The warehouses owned and operated by the big manufacturers and wholesalers for storing their own goods are called private warehouses. Big companies which need large storage capacity on a regular basis, can afford to construct and maintain their own warehouses. Many public sector organisations also have their own private warehouses, e.g. the Food Corporation of India (FCI) has constructed warehouses in different parts of the country for its own use. Usually these warehouses are constructed near to ones business factory or industry for convenience. They have network of warehouses in different parts of the country.

(2) Public warehouses : Warehouses which are established to provide storage facilities to the general public, small manufacturers and traders on rental basis are called public warehouses. These warehouses are owned and managed by an individual or co-operative societies. These warehouses are located near railway junctions, highways, waterways, airport, seaport, etc. They are well guarded and specially designed to protect goods from several types of risks. These warehouses have to obtain licence from the government. They provide warehousing facilities at low cost. Many marketing facilities such as standardisation, grading, labelling, packing, branding, etc. are provided in these warehouses.

(3) Bonded warehouses : Warehouses which are licensed by the government to accept and store imported goods till the customs duties are not paid on such goods are called bonded warehouses. These warehouses are managed and controlled by customs authorities. These warehouses are located near the ports. The importers cannot take possession of goods from such warehouses unless and until the duty on the goods is paid. The warehouse-keeper is required to give undertaking or ‘Bond’ that without the consent of the customs authorities goods will not be removed from the warehouse. Hence, such warehouses are called ‘Bonded Warehouses’. If an importer is unwilling or unable to pay customs duty immediately, he can withdraw them in instalments and pay customs duty proportionately.

(4) Duty-paid warehouses : The duty-paid warehouses provide the facility of storing the imported goods but not yet sold or transported to importers’ place or godown. These warehouses are owned and managed by the dock authorities only and hence they are also known as public warehouses. These warehouses are located near port and dock areas. They are more useful to importers who re-export the imported goods. The concerned authorities take all the due and reasonable care to ensure their safety. Processing of imported goods such as sorting, re-packing is done in these warehouses.

(5) Government warehouses : Warehouses which are owned, managed and controlled by the Central and State Governments or public authorities are called Government warehouses. These warehouses offer storage facilities to small traders, farmers, businessmen, etc. who are in need of the same on payment of reasonable rent. Central Warehousing Corporation of India (CWC), State Warehousing Corporation (SWC) and Food Corporation of India (FCI) own warehouses for keeping stock of foodgrains and other goods In different states and countries.

(6) Co-operative warehouses : These are warehouses owned, run, managed and controlled by co-operative societies to provide warehousing facilities to the members who are farmers in rural areas. These warehouses are similar to private warehouses but they run on the principle of co-operation. They are used for storing agricultural commodities, consumer goods, raw materials, etc. Farmers, small producers and traders are benefited by such warehouses as they charge at economical rates.

(7) Cold storage warehouses : Cold storage warehouses are largely used to store and preserve perishable goods such as flowers, fish, eggs, meat, vegetables, fruits, medicines, dairy products, etc. These products are kept in cold storage warehouses at very low temperature so that their quality and freshness would remain intact. These warehouses ensure continuous supply of seasonal and perishable products throughout the year. International trade for seasonal and perishable goods such as green peas, mangoes, etc., becomes possible only because of cold storage facilities.

Question 4.
Explain utility function of banks.
Answer:
The utility functions of the commercial bank are explained as follows:
(1) Issue of drafts and cheques : The Bank draft/cheque is an order issued by the bank upon the other branch of the same bank or other bank to pay money to the person whose name is specified thereon. The bank issues bank drafts to its accountholders or non-account holders. However, cheque are issued by the bank only to its account holders. For issuing the bank draft, bank charges some commission.

(2) Locker facility: The bank provides safe deposit vaults to the customers for keeping their valuables like gold ornaments, jewels, securities, valuables, documents, etc. in safe custody. Safe deposit vaults/lockers are made available to the customers on rental basis.

(3) Project reports : As per the request of the clients, bank prepare project report and feasibility study (i.e. a study designed to determine practicability of a system or plan) on their behalf. This helps the business organisation to get funds from the market and clearance from the government authorities.

(4) Gift cheques : The commercial banks also issue gift cheques and gold coins to the customers as well as to the general public by charging nominal charges. It is more popular and has wider acceptance in India. Instead of giving gifts in cash, one can give gift cheques as a present on various occasions such as birthdays, weddings, marriage anniversaries, etc.

(5) Underwriting Services : Underwriting services are given by the banks to the companies in which the bank gives guarantee to the issuing company to purchase unsubscribed portion of the shares, debentures, bonds and other securities if the public demand is not enough to fulfil the minimum subscription amount. For this services bank charges underwriting commission.

(6) Gold related services : Nowadays, many commercial banks offer gold related services to its customers. The banks on commercial basis buy and sell gold and gold ornaments to the customers on large scale basis. Some banks even gives advisory services to its customers in regard to gold funds, gold Exchange Traded Fund (ETF) etc.

Question 5.
Explain modes of traditional communication.
Answer:
(I) Postal Services : The postal services in India are provided by the Department of Post which comes under Ministry of Communication and Information Technology. India has the largest postal network in the world with 1,54,965 post offices of which 1,49,067 are in the rural areas. The different types of postal services are explained below:
(1) Mail Services : The different types of mail services are described below:
(i) Inland letters : The inland letter is one of the cheapest means of conveying written message. It contains a blank sheet of paper of prescribed size and folding for writing messages. It is folded and sealed. Only names and addresses of the receiver and sender can be seen from outside. So, it ensures complete secrecy. Inland letters are used for transmission of messages within India only.

(ii) Envelopes : A postal envelope is a small size paper cover with postage stamps affixed on it having one side open to put in papers, written messages and enclosures like cheques, photos, resumes, etc. It ensures maximum secrecy. On the front outside space name and address of receiver are written and on the backside space name and address of sender are written.

(iii) Parcel : Parcels help to send small articles from one place to the other by post. Parcel post provides economical and reliable parcel delivery service. Parcels of specified weight and size can be sent at different places within the country as well as outside the country Anything except those items which are banned can be sent. Parcel can be insured by paying extra charges for insurance. In case of insured parcel is lost in transit post office pays insured amount.

(iv) Book post : Printed materials such as publications, newspapers, printed books, wedding, cards, greeting cards, periodicals, legal documents, etc. can be mailed as book post. The book post packets should simply be closed and should not be sealed. The words ‘Book Post’ should be written on the face of the cover.

(2) Specialised Postal Services : The following specialised postal services are provided by the post offices:
(i) Business Post : Business post arranges complete mailing services right from preparation of mail to delivery of mail. It is most suitable for small business and large companies. As per requirement, customers can select from a range of cost effective and professional mailing services which include printing, collating (comparing or examining), inserting, sealing and addressing. Indian post has established Business Post centres in major cities to handle business post consignment.

(ii) Logistics Post : Logistics post provides its business customers a cost-effective and timely solution that manages the entire value chain from collection to storage to transmission to distribution throughout the country.

(iii) Bill Mail Service : Communications in the nature of financial statements, bills, monthly account statements or any such other items of similar nature are sent by service providers to the customers by using bill mail service of post office. This service is used at least once in 90 days. Under this service, at a time minimum 5000 articles can be posted. The bill mail service does not include communication in the nature of letter mail or having personal communication or exclusive commercial publicity material. The mail is to be received at specified location provided. Bill mail is to be sorted pin code wide and bundled delivery post office wise.

(3) Money remittance services : The money remittance services are explained as follows:
(i) Electronic Money Transfer (eMO) : A money order is the most convenient method of remitting money to distant places. It is an order issued by one post office to another to pay a certain amount of money to a person specified therein. The person to whom money is to be paid is called ‘Payee’. Under this service of the post office, money is delivered at the house or the place of stay of the receiver.

(4) Retail services : The retail services are explained as follows:
(i) Retail post : Under retail post service, the department of post offers services to general public by making available some products and services of third party available in their areas through selected post offices. Under this, post offices offer a range of services including the collection of electricity bills, telephone bills, insurance premia, collection of taxes and fee for the government, etc. The post office also sells application form.

(ii) e-post : Recently, the department of posts has introduced e-post services, e-post service is service under which printed messages of customers are scanned and transmissed as email through internet. At the destination place or offices, these messages are printed, enveloped and delivered at the postal address. Thus, it is the combination of electronic transmission and physical delivery. Through e-post customers can send their messages to any address in India through network of more than 1,55,000 post offices. Corporate customers get special e-post rates and value additions.

Question 6.
Explain disadvantages of air transport.
Answer:
The disadvantages of air transport are as below:

Costliest mode : In comparison to all other modes of transport air transport is most expensive.
Affected by adverse weather conditions : It is exposed to the vagaries of weather changes, heavy rains, snow, storm, etc.
Unsuitability : Air transport is not suitable for short distances. It is also not suitable for carriage of bulky and heavy goods.
Huge capital investments : As compared to other modes of transport, air transport requires huge capital investment costs like construction of airports, aircrafts, runways, air traffic control tower, etc. Huge capital investment increases freight and fare charges.
International restrictions : Air transport is required to observe international restrictions such as aeroplane of some nations are not permitted to fly over other countries.
Limited carrying capacity : In comparison to other means of transport, the carrying capacity of air transport is very limited. It is not suitable to carry heavy and bulky goods.

Question 7.
Describe the role of transport.
Answer:
The role of transport are explained as follows:
(1) Helps in production : Transport carries raw materials and other requirements from the place of their origin or market to the place of their production to facilitate large scale production. It also carries labour from their residence to place of factory. It carries finished products from the place of production to the places of consumption or markets.

(2) Expanding markets : Producers and consumers are separated by geographical distance. Transport bridges this gap and facilitates distribution. It makes goods available wherever they are demanded. This helps to widen the market. With the development and growth of transport, the domestic and international markets for both agricultural and industrial products expand, bringing the prosperity to the country.

(3) Creates place utility : Transport is a public utility service which creates time and place utilities. Transport mainly creates place utility by carrying goods from the place of plenty to places where they are in more demand but not available, e.g. Apples which are produced on large quantity in Himachal Pradesh are brought over to Mumbai and other places throughout the country by transport to get high prices.

(4) Stability of prices : Transport carries goods from the areas of plenty to the areas of scarcity. It helps to regulate and balance the supply of goods and services in relation to demand and thereby helps to stabilise the prices of goods. The shortage of goods at any place can be easily removed by efficient transport system.

(5) Creates employment : Transport creates job opportunities directly for transport owners, drivers, conductors, cleaners, mechanics, helpers, etc. It helps to move labour and goods from the place of abundance to the place of scarcity. This movement of goods and labour creates indirect employment. Transport an industry by itself has provided job opportunities to millions of people all over the world.

(6) Improves standard of living : By generating employment, transport leads to increase purchasing power with people. Further, it makes products of their choice from different regions available in local markets. This results in higher standard of living.

(7) Cost reduction : Efficient, cheap and quick means of transport facilitate the reduction in the cost of production and distribution of goods. On account of low cost of production, the goods can be sold at low prices which increase their demand and widen market. Increase in demand again leads to large scale production of goods and supply.

(8) Provides help during emergency : The life of the people is badly affected during natural calamities such as floods, earthquakes, landslides, droughts, etc. and also during man-made disasters such as bomb blasts, riots, accidents, etc. In such circumstances, urgent and timely help in the form of food, water, medicines, clothes and other provisions, etc. can be provided quickly with the help of transport to save the lives of affected people. Rescue operations are possible only with the help of helicopters, fire brigades, railways, etc.

(9) Economic development : An efficient transportation system contributes to the rapid development of commerce and industry. Transport also helps to develop agriculture of a country. New industries are established and rapidly developed due to efficient network of transport. Further, a country can make progress in international trade and thereby earn foreign exchange only through efficient transport services.

Question 8.
What are the functions of warehouses?
Answer:
Functions : The functions of warehouses are explained as follows:
Function of Warehouses

Storage
Price Stabilisation
Risk-Bearing
Financing
Grading and Packing
Transportation
Time and Place Utility
Processing

1. Storage : Storage of goods is the basic function of warehousing. Warehouses provide space for storage of goods in large quantity and in good condition. The commodities which are not required immediately are stored in the warehouses. Stored goods are supplied as and when they are required by the customers.

2. Price stabilisation : Warehousing facilitates price stabilisation by maintaining proper balance between demand for and supply of commodities. It is achieved by creation of time utility by warehousing. Usually, large stock of goods is kept in the warehouse. Wherever, there is shortage of goods in the market, goods are released from the warehouse which increases supply and facilitates price stabilisation. Thus, it helps to avoid any rise in prices.

3. Risk-bearing : While the goods are stored in the warehouse, the warehouse-keeper takes reasonable care to protect the goods from risks of loss or damage due to heat, cold, moisture, dryness, insects, fire and thefts. This is because he has to return the goods in the same condition. For any loss or damage of goods during storage, warehouse-keeper will be held liable to the owner of the goods. Thus, the risk is transferred from the owner to the warehouse-keeper.

4. Financing : On the basis of goods stored in the warehouse, loans can be raised from the financial institutions or warehouse-keeper. The goods act as a security for financial institution. This loan can be used to meet other operations of business by the owners of goods.

5. Grading and Packing : Warehousing provides enough space for undertaking various marketing functions like grading, processing and packing of goods. Goods can be packed in suitable sizes as per the instructions of the owner. Thus, services of warehousing are very useful to manufacturers, wholesalers and the importers of goods.

6. Transportation : Some warehouses also provide transport facility to the traders who store large quantity of goods in the warehouse. It brings the goods from the places of production and also sends them to the places of delivery on behalf of depositors.

7. Time and Place Utility: Warehousing creates time utility by storing goods and releasing the same at the time when they are demanded. It also creates place utility by transporting goods at the far away places, where they are required.

8. Processing : For certain commodities processing is necessary to make them consumable or useable. This is because those commodities cannot be consumed in the form they are produced in the nature, e.g. paddy, raw fruits, etc. The activities such as polishing the paddy, ripening the fruits, etc. are undertaken by the warehouses on behalf of the owners.

8. Answer the following.

Question 1.
What is insurance ? Explain principles of insurance.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : The term insurance refers to the method (means) of protection from financial loss which may occur due to happening of specific uncertain events. It is a type of risk management primarily used to compensate against the risk of a contingent loss. Insurance is a contract between two parties whereby one of them (the insurer) agrees in return for a consideration (premium) to indemnify (compensate) the other (the insured) against a monetary loss that may be suffered by the other on the happening of some specified event.

According to Insurance Act of 1938, Insurance is defined as, “A provision which a prudent man makes against inevitable contingencies”.

[B] Principles of insurance : The different principles of insurance are:

Principle of Utmost Good Faith
Principle of Insurable Interest
Principle of Indemnity
Principle of Subrogation
Principle of Contribution
Principle of Mitigation of Loss
Principle of Causa-Proxima

1. Principle of Utmost Good Faith : The principle of utmost good faith is applicable to all types of insurance. According to this principle, both the parties in an insurance contract are under am obligation to make the fullest disclosure of all material facts relating to the insurance contract clearly, correctly and completely. Insured must provide correct and complete information of the subject-matter of the insurance whereas insurer must provide correct and complete information about the terms and conditions of the insurance contract. Failure to provide correct, complete information on the part of insured may lead to non-settlement of claim by the insurer.

For example, Mr. Hari has not given information about his kidney ailment to the insurance company while taking policy. So, if the insurance company discovers it after his death, then his family will not get compensation.

2. Principle of Insurable Interest : No person can enter into a valid insurance contract unless he has insurable interest in the object insured. Insurable interest of an insured is said to have in the subject matter if the existence of it provides financial benefit to the insured and non-existence of that subject matter put the insured to financial loss. Principle of insurable interest is applicable to all contracts of insurance. In the case of life insurance it is enough if the insurable interest s exists at the time of entering into the contract. In the case of marine and fire insurance interest the insurable must exist both at the time of the contract as well as at the time of the happening of the event.

A person has insurable interest in his own life and his property. A businessman has insurable interest in the goods he trades and in his property. Similarly, a wife has insurable interest in the life of her husband and vice versa.

3. Principle of Indemnity : Indemnity refers to a guarantee or assurance given by the insurer to place the insured in same financial position in which he was before the happening of the uncertain event. Principle of indemnity is applicable to marine, fire and general insurance as in such cases actual loss can be measured in terms of 1 money. Under this principle, the insurer undertakes to indemnify the policyholder or insured to the extent of the policy amount or the actual monetary loss suffered, whichever is lower, e.g. if a property owner has insured his property for Rs 5 lakh and it is destroyed by fire and incurred a loss of Rs 2 lakh, then the property owner will be paid only Rs 2 lakh i.e. the actual loss. This principle prevents a policyholder from making a profit out of his actual loss. However, in case of death of the insured, insurance company pays the actual sum assured to the nominee of the insured.

4. Principle of Subrogation : The principle of subrogation is a corollary to the principle of indemnity and is applicable to all contracts of j indemnity. According to it, after the insured is fully compensated for the total loss of the property or goods insured by him, all the remaining rights in such property or goods pass on to the insurer. Suppose a car owner has insured his car for Rs 2,00,000 against risk of loss due to accidents. If his car meets with an accident and is completely damaged, the insurance company pays Rs 2,00,000, the policy amount, to the car owner. On indemnifying the insured, the insurer can sell the remains of the car in scrap and reduce his loss.

5. Principle of Contribution : The principle of contribution is applicable to all contracts of indemnity. A person can insure his property with two or more insurance companies. It is done mainly to have better security, i.e. if one insurer fails to pay the claim, it can be recovered from another insurer. In the case of loss, the insured cannot recover compensation from both the insurance companies. All the insurers will jointly compensate the total amount of loss. According to the principle of contribution, each insurance company will contribute to the loss in proportion to the amount of policy undertaken from each company. If the insured chooses to collect the amount of compensation from one particular insurer, the insurer can in turn recover proportionate amount from the other insurers.

For instance, Dr, Ashok has insured his property of Rs 2,00,000 with two insurance companies viz. with X insurance company for Rs 1,20,000 (i.e. 60% of property value) and with Y insurance company for Rs 80,000 (i.e. 40% of property value).

If Dr. Ashok’s property is destroyed and he incurred a loss of Rs 1,50,000, then both the insurance companies will contribute towards actual loss of Rs 1,50,000. Here X insurance company will pay Rs 90,000 (i.e. 60% of Rs 1,50,000) and Y insurance company will pay Rs 60,000 (i.e. 40% of Rs 1,50,000).

6. Principle of Mitigation of Loss : Under this principle, the insured is required to take all possible steps to minimise the loss to the insured property on the happening of the event. He should not remain indifferent merely because the property which is getting damaged is insured. For example, Mr. Kishor’s house is on fire due to short circuit. In this case Mr. Kishor, must take necessary steps to put off the fire and to save the insured property as much as possible.

7. Principle of Causa-Proxima : The term ‘Causa-Proxima’ means a proximate, i.e. nearest or immediate cause or reason. Accordingly, when loss is occurred due to more than one cause, then proximate or nearest cause of loss is taken into consideration to fix the liability of insurer. If proximate cause is one of the causes from list of insured causes, then insurer is liable to pay compensation. In other words, the insurance company will indemnify the insured only if it is definitely established that the said loss is caused directly by the occurrence of the event covered by the policy.

Question 2.
Define bank. Explain. Different types of banks.
Answer:
[A] Definition : Bank is a dealer in money and credit. It is a financial institution whose basic activities are to accept deposits and advance, lend money and provide other related services, According to The Indian Banking Regulation Act, 1949, “any company which transacts the business of banking in India.” The term banking is further defined as, “accepting for the purpose of lending or investment of deposits from the public, repayable on demand or otherwise and withdrawable by cheque, draft and order or otherwise.”

Types of Bank:

Central Bank
Commercial Bank
Co-operative Bank
Industrial Development Bank
Exchange Bank
Regional Rural Bank
Savings Bank
Investment Bank
Specialised Bank

The different types of banks are explained below:
1. Central Bank: The central bank in a country is the financial institution at the top (apex) of all the banking institutions operating in the country. In India, The Reserve Bank of India was established in 1945 under a special statute called the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1944. It performs the functions like framing monetary policy, issuing currency notes, acting as a banker to the Government and acting as the banker’s bank to commercial and other banks in India.

2. Commercial Bank : The Commercial bank plays key role in the economic, industrial and social development of a country. It performs broadly two functions such as (i) Primary functions which include accepting deposits and lending money in different forms and (ii) Secondary function which include agency functions and utility functions. The different types of commercial banks in India are as follows:
(i) Public Sector Banks : The banks in which majority of the share capital or stake (interest) is held by the Government of India are called Public Sector Bank, e.g. State Bank of India, Bank of India, etc.

(ii) Private Sector Banks : The banks in which majority of the share capital or stake is held by private individuals are called Private Sector Banks, e.g. Axis Bank, HDFC Bank, etc.

(iii) Foreign Banks : The banks which are registered and have their headquarters in foreign country but operate in different countries including India through their branches established there, are called Foreign banks e.g. Standard Chartered Bank, American Express Bank, HSBC, etc.

3. Co-operative Banks : Co-operative banks are formed, registered and organised under the Indian Co-operative Societies Act and regulated under Banking Regulation Act. These banks are more popular in rural and semi-urban areas. These banks are primarily meant for catering to the financial needs of economically backward people, farmers and small scale units. They operate at three different levels:
(a) Primary Credit Societies : The primary credit societies work at village level. These credit societies collect the savings and surplus money in the form of deposits from members and common people. They are also financed by the State Co¬operative Banks and District Co-operative Banks for the purpose of lending to needy people for productive purpose.

(b) District Central Co-operative Banks : The District Central Co-operative Banks operating at district level and financed by the State Co-operative Bank for the purpose of providing finance to primary credit societies.

(c) State Co-operative Banks : The State Co-, operative Banks Eire working at state level. These banks provide funds to District Central Co-operative Banks and Primary Credit Societies to enable them to provide finance to rural and semi urban areas. Apart from this, they also supervise the working of district banks and credit co-operative societies.

4. Industrial Development Banks : The banks which provide medium and long term equipment, latest technology, expansion and modernisation of business, etc. are called Industrial Development Banks. Industrial Finance Corporation of India (IFCI), State Financial Corporations (SFCs), Maharashtra State Finance Corporation (MSFC), etc. are the examples of Industrial Development Banks. These banks perform the following functions:

Provide medium and long term finance to business organisations for expansion and modernisation.
Underwriting i.e. giving guarantee to buy shares issued by public limited companies.
Purchase debentures and bonds.

5. Exchange Banks : An exchange bank specialises in financing import and export trade and in foreign exchange transactions. The American Express Bank, Bank of Tokyo, Barclays Bank, etc. are the examples of Exchange Banks functioning in India. The Exchange Banks perform the following functions:

Finance foreign trade transactions,
Issue letter of credit on behalf of importer,
Discount foreign bills of exchange,
Remit dividend, interests and profits.

6. Regional Rural Banks : These banks were constituted (established) in 1975 and are sponsored by large public sector banks. 50%, 35% and 15% of the capital of these banks are provided by the Central Government, sponsored banks and State Government respectively. These banks collect (mobilise) funds in the form of deposits from rural and semi-urban areas. They provide loans and advances to small and marginal farmers, agricultural workers, rural artisans for productive purpose.

7. Savings Bank : A savings bank is one which has the main object of inculcating the habit of saving among the community. It collects scattered savings of the community especially from rural areas and invests the same in good securities. In India, Postal Savings Bank is an example of such a bank. Commercial Banks and Co-operative Banks act as savings banks as they have separate savings accounts departments.

8. Investment Bank : Investment banks offer financial and advisory assistance to their customers which usually include business firms and government organisations. These banks provide advice on investment decisions and facilitate mergers and acquisitions by undertaking research. These Banks do not directly deal with the common people.

9. Specialised Banks: The banks which make available to the requirements of the business and provide possible support to set up business activities in specific area are called Specialised Banks. The different types of specialised banks are:
(a) Export Import Bank of India (EXIM Bank) : These banks provide the needed financial assistance and support to the exporters and importers in setting up business for exporting and importing products respectively. They work to expand and promote country’s international trade.

(b) Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) : SIDBI was established on 2nd April, 1990 under the Act of Parliament of India. Its main function is to act as the main institution for financing, promoting and developing the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) as well as co-ordinator of the institutions engaged in similar activities.

(c) National Bank for Agricultural and Rural Development (NABARD) : NABARD has been established to work as an apex institution to finance agricultural and rural sector. It provides long term and short term loans through regional rural banks. It provides loans to financial institutions and not individuals. It is also concerned with the function of policy planning and operations relating to agricultural credit and credit for other activities in rural areas.

Question 3.
What is warehouse? Explain its different functions.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : A warehouse can be defined as, “an establishment for the storage or accumulation of goods.” The term ‘warehousing’ is generally used to denote storage of goods and consists of all those activities which are connected with the storage and preservation of goods in a godown or warehouse. One of the group activity or functions is to hold the goods in stock from the time of production till the time of consumption is called storage of goods. When storage of goods is required to be arranged on a large scale in a specified manner, it is called ‘warehousing’.

[B] Functions : The functions of warehouses are explained as follows :
Function of Warehouses

Storage
Price Stabilisation
Risk-Bearing
Financing
Grading and Packing
Transportation
Time and Place Utility
Processing

Question 4.
What is Services? Explain in detail different business services.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : A service is an act of performance that one party offer to another for certain consideration. Service is essentially intangible i.e. cannot be touched, seen and felt. Services are neither manufactured nor stocked or transported. They are produced and consumed simultaneously. So, Services are intangible, heterogeneous, inseparable, inconsistent, instantly perishable in nature, not transferable and require consumer participation. Services which help in successful running of a business are called business services.

Business cannot be run without business services. These services are provided to the customers which fulfil their needs. Banking, insurance, transport, warehousing, communication, etc. are the examples of business services. According to American Marketing Association, services implies, “Activities, benefits or satisfaction which are offered for sale or provided in connection with the sale of goods.”

[B] Types : The different types of services are shown:

Banking
Insurance services
Transport services
Warehousing
Communication

The different types of business services are explained as follows:
1. Banking : As the production has to take place on a large scale, adequate finance is required. Further, there must be facilities for the exchange of goods. Banks provide necessary finance and to facilitate exchange issue different types of facilities such as cheques, drafts, debit card, credit card, net banking, mobile banking, etc. The banks also provide loans to the business and industry to buy properties and to pay for routine expenses.

2. Insurance services : There are several business risks involved during the period from the stage of production to the stage of consumption. Insurance company in consideration of a definite fees called premium, undertakes all such risks through fire, marine, life and other insurance contracts. Insurance is a service contract in which insurance company in consideration of specific premium amount promises to pay a fixed amount to insured person either on the expiry of pre-determined fixed period or in case of happening of any unlucky accident whichever is earlier. Thus, by protecting the traders against the risks, an
insurance company enables the traders to concentrate on their day-to-day business activities.

3. Transport services : Transport is a service or facility which creates place utility by carrying essential products, raw materials and human resources from one place to another. It plays an important role in the development of all sectors of the economy. Transport helps to widen the market for agriculture and manufactured goods. The efficient transport network facilitates development of commercial activities. It facilitates movement of labour and capital assets from different areas to developed areas.

4. Warehousing : Warehouse is a place or a room or a building where goods are stored prior to their use, distribution or sale. Warehousing creates time utility. It solves the problem of holding the stock of goods during the time-gap between production and consumption. It also provides enough place to perform certain marketing services like grading, weighing, packing, branding, labelling, etc. Warehousing also equalises demand for and supply of goods in the market and helps to stabilise the prices of goods.

5. Communication : George Terry defines communication as, ‘the process of transmitting and interchanging ideas, facts and actions’. It is a main aid to trade. Communication services such as post, telegraph, telephone, cell phones, telex, fax, courier, e-mail, internet, etc. help to transmit and communicate business information quickly among the businessmen

Question 5.
What is communication? Explain in detail various types of communication.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : The term ‘communication’ means any interchange of ideas, messages, facts, information, feelings and emotions among two or more persons In a way that they share common understanding about it. It Is a process of giving away or passing on any information by any person to some other person with the help of some medium. Thus, receiver after receiving the message understands it in the desired form and acts accordingly.

[B] Types of Communication : The different types of communication are shown in the following diagram:
Maharashtra Board OCM 12th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Business Services 1
The different types of communication are explained below:
(I) Postal Services : The postal services in India are provided by the Department of Post which comes under Ministry of Communication and Information Technology. India has the largest postal network in the world with 1,54,965 post offices of which 1,49,067 are in the rural areas. The different types of postal services are explained below:
(1) Mail Services : The different types of mail services are described below:
(i) Inland letters : The inland letter is one of the cheapest means of conveying written message. It contains a blank sheet of paper of prescribed size and folding for writing messages. It is folded and sealed. Only names and addresses of the receiver and sender can be seen from outside. So, it ensures complete secrecy. Inland letters are used for transmission of messages within India only.

(2) Specialised Postal Services : The following specialised postal services are provided by the post offices:
(i) Business Post : Business post arranges complete mailing services right from preparation of mail to delivery of mail. It is most suitable for small business and large companies. As per requirement, customers can select from a range of cost effective and professional mailing services ! which include printing, collating (comparing or examining), inserting, sealing and addressing. Indian post has established Business Post centres in major cities to handle business post consignment.

(II) Modern means of communications : The modern means of communication are explained as follows:
(i) Courier Service : A courier service is a service that allows someone to send a parcel or consignment from one place to some other distant place. Usually, courier services are provided by a company and charge flat rates to the parties using the courier service regularly. Courier services differ from ordinary mail services in respect to speed, security, tracking, signature, delivery time, etc. Usually, premium courier services are more expensive as compared to ordinary mail services. DHL, DTDC, etc. are the examples of courier services.

(ii) Internet : The internet is one, in which users at one computer can, if it has permission, get information from other computer. It is a networking infrastructure. It connects millions of computers together globally, framing a network in which any computer can communicate with any other computer as long as they are both connected to internet. It is a network of networks that include of private, public, academic, business and government networks of local to global scope linked by a broad array of electronic, wireless and services such as world wide web, etc.

(iii) E-mail : E-mail stands for Electronic mail. E-mail refers to the transmission of information, from one computer terminal to another. It is a method of exchanging mail between the users of electronic devices. E-mail servers accept, forward, deliver and store messages. Users are not required to be online simultaneously. They are required to connect to a mail server briefly for as long as it takes to send or receive messages.

Question 6.
What is road transport. Explain its advantages and disadvantages.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : Road transport is the oldest mode of transport. It means and includes various means of transport which move on the surface of the earth without the use of railway tracks. Roads are the means which connect people and places on the surface of the land. It provides connectivity on any terrain (land) in comparison to other modes of transport. The different types of vehicles plying on the road include bullock carts, cycles, motor-cycles, autorickshaws, cars, tempos, trucks, buses, etc. They are called means of road transport.

[B] Advantages : The advantages of road transport are explained as follows:
(1) Cheaper mode of transport : As compared to other modes of transport, road transport is relatively cheaper mode of transport. Its operational cost is relatively low.

(2) Useful for perishable goods : Road transport is suitable and more useful to carry and deliver perishable goods such as milk, vegetable, fish, mutton, fruits, flowers, eggs, etc., over a short distance and that too at a faster speed.

(3) Flexible mode of transport : Road transport is flexible mode of transport because loading and unloading of goods are possible at any destination. Similarly, it is more flexible because of the choice of different routes, timings and types of vehicles.

(4) Door-to-Door service : Road transport facilitates door-to-door delivery of goods. It carries the goods and passengers directly to the godowns, factories and places of residence, i.e. user.

(5) Good reach : Roads constructed in plain areas and also in hilly areas can be used by different road vehicles such as trucks, tempos, motor cars and even carts driven by animals for carrying goods and passengers from one place to another. Wherever any other mode of transport cannot reach, road vehicles can easily reach and thus cover even hilly areas.

(6) Less capital investment : The cost of construction and maintenance of a road system is relatively less than that of railways.

[C] Disadvantages : The disadvantages of road transport are explained as follows:
(1) Not economical for long distance : In comparison to other modes of transport carrying capacity of road transport is very limited. High cost of fuel, tolls, etc. make the road transport uneconomical for long distance transportation.

(2) Not suitable for heavy and bulky goods : Road transport is not suitable for carrying heavy and bulky goods for any distance and involves high cost.

(3) Affected by adverse weather conditions : Road transport is affected more by adverse weather conditions such as fogs often greatly reducing visibility, heavy rain, floods, landslides, storm, etc.

(4) Accidents : The possibility of road accidents is frequent due to poor condition of roads and negligent drivers.

(5) Causes pollution : The vehicles plying on the road release smokes and gases. So, it creates air pollution which affect the health of the people.

OCM 12th Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

12th OCM Chapter 3 Exercise Entrepreneurship Development Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

March 28, 2025March 27, 2025 by Bhagya

Entrepreneurship Development 12th OCM Chapter 3 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 12th Textbook Solutions Chapter 3 Entrepreneurship Development Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 12 OCM Chapter 3 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct options and rewrite the sentences

Question 1.
The word ‘entrepreneur’ is derived from the ……………… word ‘entreprende’.
(a) Japanese
(b) English
(c) French
Answer:
(c) French

Question 2.
‘Entreprende’ means to ………………..
(a) Undertake
(b) Enterprise
(c) Businessman
Answer:
(a) Undertake

Question 3.
Start Up India is an initiative of the ………………
(a) RBI
(b) Government of India
(c) World Bank
Answer:
(b) Government of India

Question 4.
………………. is the idea of bringing urban residents to rural areas, by empowering to local communities, both socially and economically.
(a) Agro tourism
(b) Medical tourism
(c) Entertainment
Answer:
(a) Agro tourism

1. (B) Match the pairs

Group A	Group B
(A) Gap filling function	(1) 2016
(B) Entrepreneur	(2) Employment
(C) Agro tourism	(3) Old methods of production
(D) Technology	(4) 2019
(E) Start up India	(5) Self motivated
	(6) Rural tourism
	(7) Entrepreneurship
	(8) Latest knowledge
	(9) Necessity Based
	(10) Medical tourism

Answer:

Group A	Group B
(A) Gap filling function	(7) Entrepreneurship
(B) Entrepreneur	(5) Self motivated
(C) Agro tourism	(6) Rural tourism
(D) Technology	(8) Latest knowledge
(E) Start up India	(1) 2016

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term which can substitute each one of the following

Question 1.
An undertaking or adventure involving uncertainty and risk and requiring innovation.
Answer:
Enterprise

Question 2.
A function of creating something new for an economic activity.
Answer:
Innovation

Question 3.
A person who is an innovator who introduces new combinations of means of production.
Answer:
Entrepreneur

Question 4.
The process of enhancing entrepreneurial skills and knowledge through structured training and institution building programmes.
Answer:
Entrepreneur development

Question 5.
The process that motivates a person into action and induces him to continue the course of action for the achievement of goals.
Answer:
Motivation

Question 6.
An employee who has an authority and support of the organisation to implement his creative ideas.
Answer:
Intrapreneur

1. (D) State true or false

Question 1.
An entrepreneur should not be ready to work hard.
Answer:
False

Question 2.
Agritourism can support agricultural economy.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Successful businessman takes calculated risk.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Entrepreneurship is a full time job which requires dedication and hard work.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
Startup India is an initiative of the Government of France.
Answer:
False.

1. (E) Find the odd one

Question 1.
Communicator, Innovator, Self-starter, Inactive.
Answer:
Inactive

Question 2.
Trekking, Wildlife study, Horseback riding, Indoor games.
Answer:
Indoor games

Question 3.
Innovation, Lack of communication, Development of market, Determining the objectives.
Answer:
Lack of communication.

1. (F) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
An entrepreneur is a person who starts a …………………
Answer:
Business / Enterprise

Question 2.
‘Start-up’ India initiative was launched in ……………….
Answer:
2016.

1. (G) Select the correct option

(Innovation, Niche tourism, Agro tourism, Entrepreneurship)

	Group A	Group B
1.	The idea of bringing Urban resident to agricultural farm	—————
2.	Agro tourism is a form of	————–
3.	——————	To introduce new combination of products and features
4.	—————–	A full time job which requires, dedication and hard-work.

Answer:

	Group A	Group B
1.	The idea of bringing Urban resident to agricultural farm	Agro tourism
2.	Agro tourism is a form of	Niche tourism
3.	Innovation	To introduce new combination of products and features
4.	Entrepreneurship.	A full time job which requires, dedication and hard-work.

1. (H) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What is Agro tourism?
Answer:
Agro tourism is the idea to bring urban residents to rural areas for leisure travel and spending.

Question 2.
Who is ‘Entrepreneur’?
Answer:
Entrepreneur is a person who organises and operates a business or businesses, taking on greater than normal financial risks in order to do so.

Question 3.
Who described ‘Entrepreneurship’ as the founding of a private enterprise?
Answer:
John Sturt Mill, a famous economist, described ‘Entrepreneurship’ as founding of a private enterprise in 1948.

1. (I) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the sentences

Question 1.
The word ‘Entrepreneur’ comes from the German verb entreprendre, it means ‘to undertake’.
Answer:
French

Question 2.
Entrepreneurs try to make home a better place where the needs of consumers can be satisfied.
Answer:
market

Question 3.
The loan taken under stand-up India scheme is repayable in ten years.
Answer:
seven.

2. Explain the following term/concept

Question 1.
Entrepreneur.
Answer:
An entrepreneur is a person who starts a business and is willing to risk loss in order to make money. The entrepreneurs are passionate to invent, innovate, lead or pioneers with a disruptive product or technology. Entrepreneurs try to make market a better place where the needs of consumers can be satisfied. They have the courage to offer and share an idea or a product or a service with the world. A small businessman, founder of multi-billion company, freelancing carpenter are examples of entrepreneurs.

Question 2.
Agro tourism.
Answer:
Agro tourism is the idea of bringing urban residents to rural areas for leisure travel and spending. Agro tourism is a commercial enterprise at a working farm, ranch or agricultural plant conducted for the enjoyment of visitors that generates supplement income for the owner. Agrotourism activities include picking fruits, tending bees, milking cows and other educational pursuits. In short, Agro tourism provides the tourists a chance to reconnect with the land and provides a ‘hand on experience’ with local foods. Agro tourism can support agricultural economy when local producers can no longer complete economically.

Question 3.
Start-ups.
Answer:
A start-up is defined as an entity having its headquarter in India, which was opened less than 10 years ago and has an annual turnover of less than Rs 100 crores. It is an initiative of the Government of India, launched in 2016. It aims at building an ecosystem which will nurture start¬ups in the country. So that, sustainable economic growth and large scale employment opportunities can be generated. One of the objectives of the Indian Government is to make India a nation of job creator instead of job seekers.

Question 4.
Stand-ups.
Answer:
Stand-up India scheme is for financing SC/ST and/or women entrepreneurs. The objective of the stand-up India scheme is to facilitate bank loans between Rs 10 lakh and Rs 1 crore to at least one SC or ST borrower and at least one woman borrower per branch for setting up a greenfield enterprise. This enterprise maybe in manufacturing, services or the trading sector. In case of non-individual enterprise at least 51% of the share-holding and controlling stake should be held by either an SC/ST or woman, above 18 years of age.

Question 5.
Intrapreneur.
Answer:
Intrapreneurship is the entrepreneurship within an existing organisation. An intrapreneur is an employee who has the authority and support of his company/employer to implement his own innovative and creative ideas. His idea or products may or may not earn immediate revenue for the company. But the employee keeps receiving his salary. The company provides the infrastructure. Many large organisations have dedicated Research and Development Departments where employees are encouraged to use their creative abilities. These ideas or innovations may earn handsome profit to an organisation. So Intrapreneur is the entrepreneurship within an organisation.

3. Study the following case /situation and express your opinion

Mr. Soham is a young MBA degree holder, Mr. Navin is B.Com graduate. Mr. Soham is willing to start dairy farm at his village, Mr. Navin is willing to work as cashier in Private Company.

(i) Find out dream of Soham and Navin.
(ii) State anyone feature of Entrepreneur.
(iii) To become successful entrepreneur, which qualities Mr. Soham should have?
Answer:
(i) Dream of Soham is to become ; entrepreneur and dream of Navin is to take up job in a private company and get a fixed income as salary.
(ii) Entrepreneur is a person who is willing to take risk in order to earn money and start a business.
(iii) To become a successful entrepreneur Mr. Soham should have qualities like innovator, creator, reactive and risk bearer.

4. Answer in brief

Question 1.
Define Entrepreneur. Explain functions of entrepreneur.
Answer:
[A] Definition : According to Webster dictionary, “An entrepreneur is a person who starts a business and is willing to risk loss in order to make money.” The entrepreneurs are passionate to innovate, lend, invent or pioneer with a disruptive product or technology. A small businessman, a plumber or a founder of huge company are entrepreneurs.

[B] Functions : The functions of an entrepreneur are:
(1) Innovation : Usually, an entrepreneur has an innovative mind. He introduces new combination of means of production. He introduces something new or something different that would give his business a competitive advantage. Innovation sometimes involves problem solving and entrepreneur gets pleasure by using his talents to solve those problems.

(2) Determination of objectives : An entrepreneur is required to decide the aims and objectives of the business enterprise he intends to establish. He has to change those aims and ; objectives as per changing conditions or accept those which are beneficial to the enterprise as per the market situation.

(3) Development of market: An entrepreneur has to find new, different and innovative ways to market his products and services. As the markets are developing constantly, he has to conduct surveys, research to understand customer’s demand.

(4) New technology : Entrepreneur has to install new, advanced and efficient technology, new machinery, new and scientific methods of production to save overall cost and to improve the methods of production.

(5) Good relations : Prosperity, growth and development of enterprise mostly depend on the cordial and efficient relations of the superiors, subordinates and all employees. In this respect, co-ordination among the employees plays a significant role to make business enterprise successful.

(6) Organising funds : Finance is required to meet working capital and fixed capital needs of business. The entrepreneur has to raise adequate financial resources to keep enterprise in living condition. For this purpose, he has to keep good relation with the existing as well as potential investors.

(7) Taking decisions : Timely, correct and wise decisions are most important to run a successful business. An entrepreneur has to evaluate pros and cons of every business decision.

Question 2.
Define entrepreneur. Explain the qualities of successful entrepreneur.
Answer:
[A] Definition : According to Webster dictionary, “An entrepreneur is a person who starts a business and is willing to risk loss in order to make money.” The entrepreneurs are passionate to innovate, lend, invent or pioneer with a disruptive product or technology. A small businessman, a plumber or a founder of huge company are entrepreneurs.

[B] The qualities of a successful entrepreneur:
(1) Discipline : An entrepreneur has comprehensive strategies and tactics to accomplish the organisational goal. Successful entrepreneur is disciplined enough to take steps every day towards the attainment of his objectives. They eliminate any hindrance or distractions.

(2) Confidence : An entrepreneur is confident with the knowledge that he will make his businesses succeed. He shows the confidence in everything he does.

(3) Open-minded : An entrepreneur has the ability to look at everything around him and realises that every event and situation is a business opportunity. New ideas are constantly being generated about potential new business.

(4) Self starter : An entrepreneur is proactive, not waiting for someone to give him permission. Everything which needs to be done, he should start in himself. So, he sets parameters for the project.

(5) Competitive : An entrepreneur knows that he can do a job better than others. He needs to be competitive to win every game of the business.

(6) Creativity : An entrepreneur often comes up with solutions which are the synthesis of other item. He makes connections between two unrelated events or situations.

(7) Determination : An entrepreneur is determined to make all of their endeavours succeed, so will try again until it does. He sees opportunity for success in defeat.

(8) Strong communication skills : The entrepreneur has strong communication skill to sell the product and to motivate employees. He has to highlight benefits of situation and coach others to be successful.

(9) Strong work ethics : An entrepreneur mind is constantly on his work place to ensure that an outcome meets his expectations.

(10) Passion : Passion is the most important that of a successful entrepreneur. He genuinely loves his work because there is a joy that his business gives which goes beyond the money. He should always research and read to make his business grow and be better.

5. Justify the following statements

Question 1.
Entrepreneurship is the best source for self-employment.
Answer:
(1) Innovation : Entrepreneur need to be innovative. The essence of entrepreneurship is innovation. Innovation may take place in the following forms viz., the introduction of a new product in the market, the installation of new production technology, entry of specific product, the discovery of a new source of raw material, etc. In view of changing taste, preferences, etc., of the consumers, from time to time, entrepreneur undertakes research and development to manufacture products to satisfy the consumers’ needs.

(2) Economic activity: In order to satisfy human wants and as well as in exchange earn a better livelihood, an entrepreneur manufactures new products or modify the existing products as per the needs, preferences and demands of the consumers. For this purpose, he undertakes a systematic plan activity by using his skills, knowledge and experience. For this reason, entrepreneurship is considered as an economic activity.

(3) Creative activity : Innovation is a process of creating something new and creativity is most important for innovation. Therefore, innovation should be strongly supported by creativity, Innovation and creativity are supplement to each other. Introducing creativity in the production process is a challenging task before the entrepreneur. Hence, creativity is an essential element of entrepreneurship.

(4) Risk-bearing : An entrepreneur has to undertake many risks including fall in prices, changes in fashions, earthquake, etc. All these risks cannot be insured with insurance companies. A risk which cannot be insured against and measured is called uncertainty. Entrepreneur buys factors of production at certain prices to combine their contributions into the products and then sells those products at uncertain prices in future. Thus, entrepreneur is a risk-bearing agent of production.

Question 2.
Successful businessman takes calculated risk.
Answer:
[A] Definition : According to Webster dictionary, “An entrepreneur is a person who starts a business and is willing to risk loss in order to make money.” The entrepreneurs are passionate to innovate, lend, invent or pioneer with a disruptive product or technology. A small businessman, a plumber or a founder of huge company are entrepreneurs.

(7) Taking decisions : Timely, correct and wise decisions are most important to run a successful business. An entrepreneur has to evaluate pros and cons of every business decision.

Question 3.
Entrepreneur must be a good communicator.
Answer:
The following are the characteristics of entrepreneurship development:
(1) Innovation : Entrepreneur need to be innovative. The essence of entrepreneurship is innovation. Innovation may take place in the following forms viz., the introduction of a new product in the market, the installation of new production technology, entry of specific product, the discovery of a new source of raw material, etc. In view of changing taste, preferences, etc., of the consumers, from time to time, entrepreneur undertakes research and development to manufacture products to satisfy the consumers’ needs.

(3) Organisation building : Entrepreneurship is an activity of organising various factors of production and various resources such as financial, physical and human resources. By considering place utility, time utility, form utility, etc., entrepreneur has to assemble different factors j of production and resources under one roof for producing new products.

(4) Creative activity : Innovation is a process of creating something new and creativity is most important for innovation. Therefore, innovation should be strongly supported by creativity, Innovation and creativity are supplement to each other. Introducing creativity in the production process is a challenging task before the entrepreneur. Hence, creativity is an essential element of entrepreneurship.

(5) Managerial skill and leadership : The entrepreneur who has strong passion of doing or creating something new rather than just to earn profit will become a successful entrepreneur. Managerial skills and leadership are the most important features of successful entrepreneur. Other skills are not considered so important. Entrepreneur must be a good leader and manager of the groups working under him.

(6) Skilful management : The efficient and skilful management of the organisation is an important quality of entrepreneurship. With the help of professional management and skilled managers, entrepreneurship becomes easy and successful activity. The success of any entrepreneurship depends on its skilful management.

(7) Risk-bearing : An entrepreneur has to undertake many risks including fall in prices, changes in fashions, earthquake, etc. All these risks cannot be insured with insurance companies. A risk which cannot be insured against and measured is called uncertainty. Entrepreneur buys factors of production at certain prices to combine their contributions into the products and then sells those products at uncertain prices in future. Thus, entrepreneur is a risk-bearing agent of production.

(8) Gap filling function : Gap filling is considered as the most important feature of entrepreneur. It is the job of entrepreneur to find the gap and fill it or make up the deficiencies which always exist in the knowledge about the production function. Entrepreneur must have all the solutions of the problems.

Question 4.
An entrepreneur must be an innovator.
Answer:
Innovation is a dynamic change brought by entrepreneur by bringing new combinations of factors of production. Innovation by entrepreneur is must for development of an organisation. Entrepreneur can be an innovator in many ways. They are:
(1) Introduction of a new product: Entrepreneur through his dynamic skill and intelligence create new products by fulfilling innovation to commercialisation by embedding it in an environment where it did not exist previously.

(2) Introduction of a new method of production : By introducing new and latest technology an entrepreneur brings new life and energy in methods of production. Introduction of new technology, new machinery, scientific methods of production will save money and time of the organisation.

(3) Opening of a new market : An innovative idea with new products. It opens a new market which are not existing previously.

(4) Carrying out new forms of organisation for industry : An innovative entrepreneur is the one who discovers new methods and new materials. He utilises invention and discoveries in order to make new combinations. Thus, entrepreneur must be an innovator.

Question 5.
With creativity, farmers can expand their Agro tourism Business.
Answer:
With creativity, farmers can expand their Agro tourism business through recreation, fun, entertaining activities. The valuable activities which farmer can do creatively are:
(1) Outdoor recreation : Farmer can add value and can expand their agro tourism business by outdoor recreation like trekking, fishing, hunting, wild life study, horse back riding, etc. All such activities are the point of attraction for a tourist and this can be enjoyed with family and friends too.

(2) Educational experiences : Farmers can also be more creative in farming tours, rice plantation, cooking classes on chulha. All such activities help customer to get hands on experience which they enjoy with adding educational values.

(3) Entertainment : Entertainment through harvest festivals like Hurda Party’ in Maharashtra, local dances, folk songs are recreation also main attraction for a customer for agro tourism. Entertaining activities such as contest, adult and children classes, games, etc. can be arranged. This innovative touch helps farmer to expand his business.

(4) Hospitality services : Hospitality services like farm stays, guided forms makes customer more happy. Farmer can add value to guest experience by offering them refreshment, fresh fruits, juice, fresh food, etc.

Happy customer will definitely returns and also spread good word of mouth to their family and friends. Thus, with creativity, farmers can expand their agro tourism business.

6. Attempt the following

Question 1.
Explain the characteristics Entrepreneurship Development.
Answer:
The following are the characteristics of entrepreneurship development:
(1) Innovation : Entrepreneur need to be innovative. The essence of entrepreneurship is innovation. Innovation may take place in the following forms viz., the introduction of a new product in the market, the installation of new production technology, entry of specific product, the discovery of a new source of raw material, etc. In view of changing taste, preferences, etc., of the consumers, from time to time, entrepreneur undertakes research and development to manufacture products to satisfy the consumers’ needs.

(3) Organisation building : Entrepreneurship is an activity of organising various factors of production and various resources such as financial, physical and human resources. By considering place utility, time utility, form utility,etc., entrepreneur has to assemble different factors j of production and resources under one roof for producing new products.

Question 2.
What is Entrepreneurship Development Programmes (EDP)?
Answer:
An entrepreneurship development
programme has been defined as “a programme designed to help a person in strengthening his entrepreneurial motive and in acquiring skills and capabilities necessary for playing his entrepreneurial role efficiently”.

EDP was first introduced in Gujarat in 1970 and was sponsored by the Gujarat Industrial Investment Corporation. EDP is basically a device through which people with entrepreneurial talents are identified, motivated to take up new industrial venture and guided in all aspects of starting a venture or an enterprise.

The following are the main objectives of EDP:
(1) Paster entreprenurial growth : The main objective is to increase the rate of all round entrepreneurial growth through training and educating them to develop the capability, talent and skills of existing entrepreneur.

(2) Optimum use of available resources : Another important objective is to use available resources to optimum level which result into minimisation of wastages and reduction in the overall cost of production. It also saves the invaluable resources for the future generation.

(3) Development of backward regions and improve economic status of socially disadvantage group : Its main objective is to establish different types of industries and business enterprise in the backward regions of the country. This leads to more employment opportunities and more income and savings of the people in backward group. By providing employment and other benefits to socially disadvantaged groups, EDP helps to improve their economic status.

(4) Generation of Employment opportunities : One of the important objectives of EDP is to generate employment opportunities for jobless people in the country by developing industries and business for them.

(5) Widening base for small and medium industries : The EDP helps to create, develop and widen the base for small and medium industries by strengthening them and create more and more entrepreneurs in the country. It helps in making country a job creator and not job seeker.

7. Answer the following

Question 1.
Define entrepreneur. Explain characteristics of entrepreneur.
Answer:
[A] Definition : According to Webster dictionary, “An entrepreneur is a person who starts a business and is willing to risk loss in order to make money.” The entrepreneurs are passionate to innovate, lend, invent or pioneer with a disruptive product or technology. A small businessman, a plumber or a founder of huge company are entrepreneurs.

[B] Characteristics : The characteristics of entrepreneur are as follows:
(1) Intellectual capabilities : An entrepreneur is a creative thinker. He always thinks more creatively and better than others. He always give innovative ideas which is the sign of his intellectual capabilities. He has ability to analyse any situation and take proper decision.

(2) Future vision : The entrepreneurs have the ability of foreseeing the future market conditions. He can take appropriate decision by considering recent market situations and changes in market conditions. He must have knowledge of external business environment. This enables them to take timely actions.

(3) Hard work : An entrepreneur is ready to work hard. Hard work is necessary in any type of venture or business activity to make it more successful. He is required to work more tediously, sincerely and seriously for long terms.

(4) Technical knowledge : The entrepreneur should have advance technical knowledge about the products and service, plans of production, etc. Entrepreneur should also update his technical knowledge from time to time to understand latest changes take place in technology.

(5) Communication skills : An entrepreneur needs to communicate effectively with different people like customers, suppliers, creditors, employees, etc. from time to time. He should have good communication skill and command over language he speaks, to be able to express his ideas and strategies effectively. Good communication skills mean proper understanding between sender and the receiver of the message.

(6) Highly optimistic : He should have positive thinking and positive approach in all the activities he undertakes. He is always hopeful and confident about the market situations even in failure or difficult times. It helps him to take the business out of difficulties and make it successful.

(7) Risk-bearing capacity : This is one of the main characteristics of an entrepreneur. He should be calculative in taking risk. He should be prepared to face challenges and look for opportunities in every adverse situation of business.

(8) Self confidence : He should be self confident to achieve his organisational goals. He I should always keep himself confident and motivated to face various obstacles and come out victorious every time in every challenge he faces.

Question 2.
Define entrepreneur. Explain its functions.
Answer:
[A] Definition : According to Webster dictionary, “An entrepreneur is a person who starts a business and is willing to risk loss in order to make money.” The entrepreneurs are passionate to innovate, lend, invent or pioneer with a disruptive product or technology. A small businessman, a plumber or a founder of huge company are entrepreneurs.

(7) Taking decisions : Timely, correct and wise decisions are most important to run a successful business. An entrepreneur has to evaluate pros and cons of every business decision.

OCM 12th Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

12th OCM Chapter 2 Exercise Functions of Management Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

March 28, 2025March 27, 2025 by Bhagya

Functions of Management 12th OCM Chapter 2 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 12th Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Functions of Management Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 12 OCM Chapter 2 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct options and rewrite the sentences

Question 1.
The functions of management start with ……………… function.
(a) organising
(b) planning
(c) co-ordinating
Answer:
planning

Question 2.
The functions of management end with ………………
(a) directing
(b) staffing
(c) controlling
Answer:
controlling

Question 3.
……………. sets out standards for controlling.
(a) Staffing
(b) Planning
(c) Co-ordinating
Answer:
Planning

Question 4.
Organizational function is important for execution of the plans which have been prepared by ……………. management.
(a) top level
(b) middle level
(c) lower level
Answer:
top level

Question 5.
……………… is the function which supports to activate the plans with the help of employees.
(a) Staffing
(b) Directing
(c) Co-ordinating
Answer:
Directing

Question 6.
………………. is the function of execution according to the plan and the organisational structure.
(a) Controlling
(b) Directing
(c) Staffing
Answer:
Directing

Question 7.
………………. arranges the work in such a way that minimum conflicts are raised.
(a) Co-ordinating
(b) Organizing
(c) Controlling
Answer:
Co-ordination.

1. (B) Match the pairs

Question 1.

Group A	Group B
(A) Planning	(1) It Is the process of instructing, guiding, communicating and motivating.
(B) Organizing	(2) It is an integration and synchronization of the efforts of group.
(C) Staffing	(3) Deciding In advance what to do, how to do, when to do and who Is to do it.
(D) Directing	(4) Management is what manager does.
(E) Co-ordlnating	(5) To focus on the role of manager.
	(6) Decides the ways and means to achieve what has been planned.
	(7) It Is the process of comparing the actual performance with the pre-determined standard performance.
	(8) It Is a set of principles.
	(9) It is the process of recruiting, selecting, placing and remunerating.
	(10) To manage is to forecast and plan.

Answer:

Group A	Group B
(A) Planning	(3) Deciding In advance what to do, how to do, when to do and who Is to do it.
(B) Organizing	(6) Decides the ways and means to achieve what has been planned.
(C) Staffing	(9) It is the process of recruiting, selecting, placing and remunerating.
(D) Directing	(1) It Is the process of instructing, guiding, communicating and motivating.
(E) Co-ordlnating	(2) It is an integration and synchronization of the efforts of group.

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term for the following statements

Question 1.
The right person at the job with right pay.
Answer:
Staffing

Question 2.
A person who shows the correct path as well as guides employees in solving the problems.
Answer:
Director

Question 3.
First function of management.
Answer:
Planning

Question 4.
Last function of management.
Answer:
Controlling

Question 5.
It is an intellectual process of logical thinking and rational decision-making.
Answer:
Planning

Question 6.
The term that is used to denote the structure.
Answer:
Organisation

Question 7.
It is the process of attracting, recruiting, selecting, placing, appraising and remunerating the people.
Answer:
Staffing

Question 8.
The process that leads the employees towards the accomplishment of organisational goals.
Answer:
Directing

Question 9.
It increases the team spirit of work place.
Answer:
Co-ordinating

Question 10.
It is the process of comparing the actual performance with the predetermined standard performance.
Answer:
Controlling.

1. (D) State whether the following statements are True or False

Question 1.
Every function of management is not based on planning.
Answer:
False

Question 2.
Specialization in activities leads to increase in organisational efficiency.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Qualified, efficient and skilled work force is always an asset of the organization.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Cooperation is not necessary for smooth flow of organisational activities.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
Co-ordination motivates the employees to take initiative while completing their assigned task.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
Standards are not set for every performance in controlling function.
Answer:
False

1. (E) Find the odd one

Question 1.
Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Writing.
Answer:
Writing

Question 2.
Selecting, Training, Co-ordinating, Placing
Answer:
Co-ordinating.

1. (F) Complete the sentences

Question 1.
The tasks of getting the things done by others is known as ……………..
Answer:
Management

Question 2.
The functions of manager start with …………………
Answer:
Planning

Question 3.
The …………….. function of management initiates action
Answer:
Directing

Question 4.
Recruitments are done under ……………….. function.
Answer:
Staffing

Question 5.
………………. is the fundamental function of management.
Answer:
Planning

Question 6.
………………. integrates departmental activities for achieving common goal of the organisation.
Answer:
Co-ordinating

Question 7.
……………… is the last function of management.
Answer:
Controlling

1. (G) Select the correct option from the bracket

Question 1.
Planning is a detailed programme of (present/ future/past) course of action.
Answer:
future

Question 2.
Directing is a responsibility of (manager/ workers/people) at all levels.
Answer:
manager

Question 3.
Qualified, efficient and skilled workforce is always an (liabilities/assets/expenses) of the organization.
Answer:
assets.

1. (H) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What is management?
Answer:
The tasks of getting the things done by others to achieve organisational goal is called management.

Question 2.
What is planning?
Answer:
Planning means deciding in advance what to do when to do, how to do, where to do it and who is to do it.

Question 3.
What is staffing?
Answer:
The process of attracting, recruiting, selecting, placing, appraising, remunerating, developing and retaining the best workforce is called staffing.

Question 4.
What is directing?
Answer:
Directing is the process of instructing, guiding, communicating, inspiring, motivating and supervising the employees to achieve the pre-determined goals of the organisation.

Question 5.
What is controlling ?
Answer:
Controlling is a function of comparing the actual performance with the predetermined standard performance to measure deviation if any, identifying causes of deviation and suggest corrective measures.

1. (I) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences

Question 1.
Factors of business environment are always fixed.
Answer:
Factors of business environment are always changing.

Question 2.
Staffing is concerned with machines.
Answer:
Staffing is concerned with humans.

Question 3.
Directing is a function of comparing the actual performance with the pre-determined performance.
Answer:
Controlling is a function of comparing the actual performance with the pre-determined performance.

Question 4.
Co-ordination helps to maximise the wastage of resources and controls the cost of work.
Answer:
Co-ordination helps to minimise the wastage of resources and controls the cost of work.

Question 5.
Controlling measures are rigid to some extent.
Answer:
Controlling measures are flexible to some extent.

1. (J) Arrange in proper order

Question 1.
Controlling, Organizing, Planning.
Answer:
Planning, Organising, Controlling.

Question 2.
Directing, Co-ordinating, Staffing.
Answer:
Staffing, Directing, Co-ordinating.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts

Question 1.
Management
Answer:
The task of getting the work done by others to achieve organisational goal is called management. According to L. A. Allen, ‘Management is what manager does. Management is a set of principles which relate to the various functions such as planning, organising, staffing, directing, co-ordinating, controlling, etc. which are helpful in achieving organisational goals.

Question 2.
Planning
Answer:
Planning is the basic function of management. Planning is an intellectual process of logical thinking and rational decision-making. It includes deciding the things to be done in advance. In short, planning is a detailed programme of future course of action. Proper planning and its implementation is key to achieve the objectives of an organisation.

Question 3.
Organising
Answer:
Organising is the process of identifying, bringing the required resources together such as men, money, material, machines and method and arranging them in proper manner to achieve the goals of an organisation. It is prepared by the top level management. Organising function decides the ways and means to achieve what has been planned. Organising is more important in executing the plan.

Question 4.
Staffing
Answer:
Staffing is the function of execution according to plan and organisational structure. It is the process of attracting, recruiting, training, developing, appraising, remunerating, developing and retaining the best workforce. Right person at right job with right pay is the basic principle of staffing. This function is concerned with managing humans and not material.

Question 5.
Directing
Answer:
Directing is the process of instructing, guiding, communicating, inspiring, motivating and supervising the employees to achieve pre-determined goals of an organisation. Director shows correct path as well as guides the employees in solving the problems wherever necessary. Directing is the soul of management function.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion

Question 1.
Mr. Ram, an emerging entrepreneur has designed a structure of his business organization by taking into consideration the required resources such as land, money, machinery, workforce, etc. for his new business. He appointed Mr. Shyam as a manager. Mr. Ram has assigned the responsibilities such as recruitment, selection, training and development and to determine the remuneration of the employees to Mr. Shyam. Mr, Ram. has also appointed Mr. Shubham to supervise the work done by the employees according to the standards given to the employees, Mr. Shubham has also to suggest the remedies to the employees wherever necessary. On this context, find out the management functions performed by
(i) Mr. Ram
(ii) Mr. Shyam
(iii) Mr. Shubham
Answer:
(i) Mr. Ram performs the function of planning and organising. He is an emerging entrepreneur and plans the business structure and organises different resources.

(ii) Mr Shyam is performing the function of staffing as his main duty is to recruit, select, train and develop the employees and to decide their remuneration accordingly.

(iii) Mr. Subham is performing the function of controlling. He compares actual performances of employees with standard performance given. He discovers causes of deviations and suggests remedies to overcome deviations.

Question 2.
In XYZ Company, Mr. Lele gives instructions to the employees working under him, provide guidance and motivates them for their best performance. On the other hand, Mr. Sawed takes effort to harmonize the work done by the employees of different departments while achieving organisational goal. Mr. Desai is looking after the arrangement of required resources the business organization.
Mention the name of employee engaged in following functions :
(i) Organisation
(ii) Direction
(iii) Coordination
Answer:
(i) Mr Desai is engaged in the organising function as he is looking after arrangement of required resources for the business organisation.
(ii) Mr. Lele is engaged in the function of directing as he gives instructions to the employees working under him, provides guidance and motivates them for their best performance.
(iii) Mr. Sayyed is engaged in the function of co-ordination as he takes effort to harmonize the work done by the employees of different departments.

4. Distinguish between

Question 1.
Planning and Organising
Answer:

	Planning	Organising
1. Meaning	Planning is a management function that decides in advance what to do, how to do, when to do, where to do and who is to do it.	Organising refers to the process of putting together various resources and activities of the organisation into a system.
2. Objective	The objective of planning is to set the goals and choose the means to achieve those goals.	The main objective of organising is to identity and bring together all the resources.
3. Area of function	Planning involves setting objectives, identifying alternative courses of actions and selecting the best plan for the organisation.	Organising involves identifying the activities and grouping of relative activities of the organisation.
4. Order	Planning is the first and foremost function of management. It precedes every other function.	In organising function, internal as well as external factors are considered to make arrangement of resources.
5. Nature	Planning is continuous in nature. It is related with those resources which are required for achieving the targets.	Organising is related with all the available resources as they need to be properly arranged.
6. Levels of management	Top management is responsible for preparing planning for the activities of the entire organisation.	Usually, the function of organising is undertaken by the top level management and middle level management.

Question 2.
Organising and Staffing
Answer:

	Organising	Staffing
1. Meaning	Organising refers to the process of putting together various resources and activities of the organisation into a system.	Staffing is a process of recruitment through which competent employees are selected, properly trained, effectively developed and suitably rewarded.
2. Objective	The main objective of organising is to identify and bring together all the resources.	The main objective of the staffing is to obtain the most competent and efficient staff to improve the overall performance.
3. Area of function	Organising involves identifying the activities and grouping of relative activities of the organisation.	Staffing involves selection, recruitment, training, developing, promotion, transfer, etc. of employees.
4. Factors	In organising function, internal as well as external factors are considered to make arrangement of resources.	In staffing function, mostly internal factors such as human factor, finance, work load, etc. are considered.
5. Resources	Organising is related with all the available resources as they need to be properly arranged.	Staffing is related with human resources only.
6. Levels of management	Usually, the function of organising is undertaken by the top level management and middle level management.	Usually, the function of staffing is undertaken by the middle level management.

Question 3.
Staffing and Directing
Answer:

	Staffing	Directing
1. Meaning	Staffing is a process of recruitment through which competent employees are selected, properly placed and trained, effectively developed and suitably rewarded.	Directing means instructing, guiding, inspiring and motivating the subordinate employees so that their efforts result in the achievement of goals.
2. Objective	The main objective of the staffing is to obtain the most competent and efficient people to improve the overall performance.	The main objective of directing is to ensure that the employees at different levels accomplish their tasks according to plans.
3. Area of function	Staffing involves recruitment, selection, training, promotion, development, transfer, etc. of employees.	Directing involves guiding, instructing, inspiring, motivating and communicating with the subordinates.
4. Order	Staffing function follows organising as human resources are required in an organisation.	Directing function follows organising and staffing as direction is needed to guide and inspire the employees.
5. Targets	Targets of staffing include allocation of human resources to achieve better results.	Targets of direction include giving guidance and inspiration to employees to achieve better results.
6. Outcome	Staffing function helps to select right persons for right jobs at right time.	Directing function helps to maintain discipline among the staff.

Question 4.
Directing and Controlling

Question 5.
Co-ordination and Controlling
Answer:

	Co-ordination	Controlling
1. Meaning	Co-ordination refers to the process of developing harmony and integration of different activities to achieve common organisational goals.	Controlling is a managerial function that measures deviation of actual results from the standards set and takes necessary corrective actions.
2. Objective	The main objective of co-ordination is to ensure unify of efforts of the employees and smooth functioning of the organisation.	The main objective of controlling is to ensure that goals or targets must be accomplished as per plan.
3. Area of function	Co-ordination involves efforts of top level, middle level and lower level management.	Controlling involves fixation of standard, measurement of actual performance and finding deviations taking corrective actions to improve performance.
4. Factors	In co-ordinating function only internal factors are considered to create unity of action.	In controlling function internal as well as external factors are taken care for taking corrective actions.
5. Resources	Co-ordination is related with human resources only.	Controlling is related with all the resources as it helps to achieve the given targets.
6. Levels of management	All levels of management are responsible for the co-ordination function to achieve given targets.	Top level management and middle level managements are responsible for controlling of organisational activities.

Question 6.
Planning and Controlling
Answer:

	Planning	Controlling
1. Meaning	Planning is a management function that decides in advance what to do, how to do, when to do, where to do and who is to do it.	Controlling is a managerial function that measures deviation of actual performance from the standards set and takes corrective actions.
2. Objective	The main objective of planning is to set the goals and choose the means to achieve those goals.	The main objective of controlling is to ensure that goals or targets must be accomplished as per plan.
3. Area of function	Planning involves setting objectives, identifying alternative courses of actions and selecting the best plan for the organisation.	Controlling involves fixation of standard, measurement of actual performance and finding deviations taking corrective actions to improve performance.
4. Order	In the sequence of managerial functions, planning is the first and foremost function.	In the sequence of managerial functions, controlling is the last function of the management.
5. Resources	Planning is related with those resources which are required for achieving the targets.	Controlling is related with all the resources as it helps to achieve the given targets.
6. Levels of management	Top management is responsible for preparing planning for the activities of the entire organisation.	Top level management and middle level managements are responsible for controlling of organisational activities.

Question 7.
Organising and Directing

Question 8.
Organising and Co-ordinating
Answer:

	Organising	Co-ordinating
1. Meaning	Organising refers to the process of putting together various resources and activities of the organisation into a system.	Co-ordination refers to the process of developing harmony and integration of different activities to achieve common organisational goals.
2. Objective	The main aim of organising is to identify and bring together all the required resources.	The main aim of co-ordination is to ensure unity of efforts of employees and smooth functioning of the organisation.
3. Area of function	Organising involves identifying the activities and grouping of relative activities of the organisation.	Co-ordination involves deliberate or consistent efforts by the management to create harmony and unity of action.
4. Factors	In organising function, internal as well as external factors are considered to make arrangement of available resources.	In co-ordinating function, only internal factors are considered to create unity of action.
5. Resources	Organising is related with all the resources which are required to be arranged in proper order.	Co-ordination is related with human resources only.
6. Levels of management	Top level management and middle level managements are responsible for the organising of resources to achieve desired objectives.	All levels of management are responsible for the co-ordination to achieve the given targets.

5. Answer in brief

Question 1.
Explain any five points of importance of planning.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of planning is explained as follows:
(1) Helps to set clear objectives : Planning is the process of setting objectives, targets and formulating plans to achieve these objectives. With the help of proper planning, management can analyse the present condition of the organisation and can identify the ways of attaining the desired position in future.

(2) Provides path of action : Planning ensures that the goals or objectives are clearly set. It acts as a guide and provides direction for doing the right things at the right time and in a right way. It helps the employees to understand the organisational goals and what they must do to achieve the same.

(3) Planning improves performance : It helps manager to improve future performances of employees by setting clear objectives and selecting a right course of action. It leads to efficiency in working of the employees. Due to proper planning the employees can work according to guidelines which helps them to improve performance. This results into higher profitability of the organisation.

(4) Minimizes the risk : Planning is the process of looking into the future and anticipating the future changes. By deciding in advance the task to be performed, planning helps to deal with future changes and unforeseen events. Planning helps in anticipation of risk and decide preventive measures accordingly. Though changes or risks cannot be eliminated but proper planning minimizes them.

(5) Planning leads to optimum utilization of resources: Plans are made on the basis of availability of resources with proper allocation for various activities. Proper allocation of resources brings higher efficiency and desired results with minimum wastages.

Question 2.
Explain any five points of importance of organizing.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of organising is explained as follows:
(1) Facilitates administration as well as operation : Organising is the process of identifying, grouping and assigning the activities of administration and proceeding according to its operational activity. Due to proper grouping of the task and employees, there is a reduction in duplication of work results in effective delegation.

(2) Brings specialisation : Organising starts from dividing the total work into smaller units and assigning them to different individuals according to their qualification, capabilities and experience. It leads to increase in overall productivity.

(3) Defines job properly : In the organising function the employees are assigned different jobs according to their qualification, skill and experience and the managers clearly define the details of each job. It clearly spells out what exactly has to be done in every job by each employee.

(4) Clarifies authority and responsibility : The organising function clearly defines authority, power, position of every manager and responsibility, accountability of every employee. This enables proper execution of work and at the same time eliminates confusion, duplication, misunderstanding. It also helps to bring efficiency in working of managers.

(5) Establishes Co-ordination : Organising function helps in establishing co-ordination among different activities of different department. Organising defines clear cut relationship among various positions and ensures mutual co-operation amongst them. Organising helps in co-ordination between different levels of managers of different departments for smooth functioning of an organisation.

Question 3.
Describe any five points of importance of staffing.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of staffing is given as follows:
(1) Effective management function : Staffing is considered an effective managerial function as it deals with human resource. Employees appointed in the organisation through staffing function perform various activities in different areas of the organisation such as production, marketing, finance, etc.

(2) Effective utilization of Human Resources : A well organised staffing department discovers the talented, skilful, experienced and qualified staff. Proper care is taken at every stage of recruitment, selection, placement, etc. It ensures smooth functioning of all the managerial areas of the organisation.

(3) Builds relationship : A sound staffing policy creates a team spirit among the employees. Due to team spirit, a sense of belongingness among the employees is developed. This in turn leads to better communication and co-ordination of managerial efforts in an organisation. A smooth human relation is the key to better flow of co-ordination in an organisation.

(4) Helps Human Resource Development: Skilled and experienced employee is an asset of a business organisation. Staffing function of management is mainly concerned with human factor of production. Efforts are made to utilise the human resources more efficiently.

(5) Helps in effective use of technology and other resources : Staffing function trains employees to use latest technology, capital, material, and method of work more effectively. This brings competitive strength to the organisation. It also helps in improving standard of work and productively in terms of quality and quantity.

(6) Improve efficiency : Regular training and development programmes provide to employees to improve their performance levels. Through proper selection the organisation gets talented and quality employees.

Question 4.
Explain any five points of importance of directing.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of Directing is as follows:
(1) Initiates action : Direction initiates action. It activates employees to put in their best efforts, to achieve the goals. Without effective direction, other managerial functions like planning, organising, staffing, co-ordinating and controlling become ineffective. Managers have to stimulate action by issuing instructions like what to do, how to do, etc. to the subordinates and by supervising them from time to time.

(2) Integrates efforts: At every level of the management there are subordinates under managers. The work assigned to these subordinates is interrelated. The directing function integrates the activities of the subordinates by guidance, supervision and counselling. It results in achievement of organisational goals.

(3) Means of motivation: Objectives of an organisation can be achieved only if the people working in it are properly motivated through monetary and non-monetary incentives. It boosts the morale of employees, contribute their maximum efforts and motivates them to give their best.

(4) Provides stability: Effective direction through supervision, motivation, leadership and communication provides stability and maintains balance in the organisation. This in turn results in the growth of the enterprise at faster rate. For long term survival of the organisation, stability in the organisation are necessary.

(5) Coping up with the changes : Effective direction facilitates changes in the organisation. It enables the enterprise to adopt advance technology, new methods of production, modern techniques of management, etc. It is a direction function which helps the superiors to motivate the subordinates to adapt to the new changes, new challenges, etc. Adapting to the environmental changes is necessary for the growth of the organisation.

Question 5.
Describe any five points of importance of ! coordinating.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of Co-ordinating is explained as follows:
(1) Encourages Team Spirit : Co-ordination is concerned with integrated group efforts. Team work under the direction of the manager encourages the subordinates to work sincerely and give better performance to achieve organisational goals. Co-ordination helps to reduce the conflicts between the employees and departments regarding policies, roles, etc. and increase their team spirit.

(2) Gives Proper Direction : Group or combined efforts of all the employees in an organisation helps to co-ordinate with each other and achieve the desired goals. Thus, combined efforts of all the employees always help an organisation to remove its limitations and achieve organisational objectives. The interdependence of departments gives proper direction to the employees.

(3) Facilitates motivation : In the process of co-ordination the superiors motivate their subordinates by providing them with monetary and other incentives. An effective co-ordination increases efficiency and results in growth and prosperity of the organisation which encourages job security, high income, promotion and incentives.

(4) Optimum utilisation of resources : Proper and effective co-ordination helps to bring together all the resources of the organisation. This in turn helps to make the optimum possible use of available resources to achieve organisational goals. Co-ordination also helps to avoid wastage of resources and control the cost.

(5) Achieve organisational objectives : Proper coordination helps to reduce wastages, delays in completion of targets, departmental disputes, etc. of the organisation to a great extent. This ensures smooth working of the organisation in the process of achievement of objectives.

6. Justify the following statements

Question 1.
Planning is the first function of management.
Answer:
(1) Planning is the basic function of management. Every function of management is based on planning. Planning is an intellectual process of logical thinking and rational decision i making.

(2) Designing i.e. doing a proper planning and implementing it accordingly is the key of achieving the objectives of organisation.

(3) Planning means deciding in advance what to do, when to do, how to do, where to do and who is to do it. Thus, it is a detailed programme of future courses of action.

(4) Planning involves setting objectives, identifying alternative courses of action and selecting the best plan. It focuses on organisation’s objective and develop various course of action to achieve those goals.

Question 2.
Controlling is the last function of management.
Answer:
(1) It is important for am organisation to keep a check on whether things are moving as per plan or not. So controlling function comes as the last but indispensable function of management. The effectiveness of planning can be determined with the function of controlling.

(2) Controlling function helps in comparing the actual performance with the pre-determined standard and performance. It is the process of bringing about conformity of performance with planned action.

(3) Controlling function helps in measuring deviation, if any, identifies the course of deviation and suggests corrective measures. The process of controlling helps in formulation of future plans also.

(4) Controlling helps in checking and measuring performance at all the levels of management, as it compares and finds deviation, analyses the causes of deviation and suggests corrective measures. All planning may fail in the absence of proper controlling measures.

Question 3.
Organizing facilitates administration as well as operation of the organization.
Answer:
(1) Organising function is also called as ‘doing function’ i.e. putting the plan into action. Administration and operation both are doing function as organising is the process of putting together various resources and activities of the organisation into a system.

(2) Organising involves identifying the activities and grouping of relative activities of administration and operational department.

(3) Organising function defines, departmentalizes and assigns activities so that they can be most effectively executed for the smooth flow of administration.

(4) Due to proper grouping of the tasks and the employees, there is increase in production and reduction in wastage. The duplication of work can be avoided and effective delegation becomes possible.

Question 4.
Right person at right job with right pay is the basic principle of staffing.
Answer:
(1) The main function of staffing is to select the right person for the right job with right pay. Selecting the right person for the right job brings efficiency and specialisation in the organisation.

(2) It also bring job satisfaction as adequate remuneration increases morale of the employees. Training and development programmes and job security are the factors which are important in providing job satisfaction.

(3) Proper selection of qualified, efficient and skilful work force is always an asset of the organisation. Proper selection of employees contributes in the higher efficiency and leads to long term positive effects in the organisation.

(4) With proper selection process, right persons for right jobs are placed and regularly appraised on merit basis. The criteria of appraised are duly communicated which brings peace and harmony in the organisation.

Question 5.
Co-ordination between different functions and all levels of management is the essence of organisational success,
Answer:
(1) Co-ordination is an integration of different activities which is essential for their smooth flow. It establishes harmony among all the activities of an organisation in achieving desired goals. Co-ordination will not exist unless efforts are taken at all levels of management.

(2) Co-ordination is the synchronization of the efforts of a group so as to provide unity of action for organisational goals. It is a hidden force which binds all other functions at all levels of management.

(3) In an organisation, a number of persons are working together to achieve a common goal. Their work is closely linked with each other. Co-ordination function brings all the group efforts together and harmonise them carefully.

(4) Co-ordination is orderly arrangement of group efforts to provide unity of action to achieve common goals. Co-operation, team work and higher efficiency level lead to attainment of goals and thus, it is the essence of organisational success.

7. Attempt the following

Question 1.
Explain the importance of planning.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of planning is explained as follows:
(1) Helps to set clear objectives : Planning is the process of setting objectives, targets and formulating plans to achieve these objectives. With the help of proper planning, management can analyse the present condition of the organisation and can identify the ways of attaining the desired position in future.

Question 2.
Describe the importance of organizing.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of organising is explained as follows:
(1) Facilitates administration as well as operation : Organising is the process of identifying, grouping and assigning the activities of administration and proceeding according to its operational activity. Due to proper grouping of the task and employees, there is a reduction in duplication of work results in effective delegation.

Question 3.
Explain the importance of staffing.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of staffing is given as follows:
(1) Effective management function : Staffing is considered an effective managerial function as it deals with human resource. Employees appointed in the organisation through staffing function perform various activities in different areas of the organisation such as production, marketing, finance, etc.

Question 4.
Explain the importance of directing.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of Directing is as follows:
(1) Initiates action : Direction initiates action. It activates employees to put in their best efforts, to achieve the goals. Without effective direction, other managerial functions like planning, organising, staffing, co-ordinating and controlling become ineffective. Managers have to stimulate action by issuing instructions like what to do, how to do, etc. to the subordinates and by supervising them from time to time.

Question 5.
Describe the importance of coordinating.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of Co-ordinating is explained as follows:
(1) Encourages Team Spirit : Co-ordination is concerned with integrated group efforts. Team work under the direction of the manager encourages the subordinates to work sincerely and give better performance to achieve organisational goals. Co-ordination helps to reduce the conflicts between the employees and departments regarding policies, roles, etc. and increase their team spirit.

Question 6.
Explain the importance of controlling.
Answer:
Importance : The importance of controlling function is explained as follows:
(1) Fulfilling goals of organisation : Controlling helps to fulfil and achieve organisational goals. The controlling function ensures that the activities take place according to the plans and if there is any deviation, timely action is taken. When all the activities are conducted successfully, according to plan the organisational goals can be achieved as desired.

(2) Making efficient utilisation of resources : By using various control techniques, managers can keep a close watch over the utilisation of human, physical and financial resources. They can prevent the misuse or wastage of resources and ensure proper utilisation of the same.

(3) Accuracy of standards : Proper and efficient control system help the management to check the standards set are accurate or not. This system also keeps check on the changes taking place in the organisation from time to time. Controlling functions are flexible to some extent. This in turn facilitates the organisation to review the standards by considering such changes.

(4) Motivates Employees : A good control system gives information in advance about the standard performance and discovers efficient and inefficient employees. Efficient employees may be given Financial rewards or incentives to motivate them further. The manager may recommend motivational measures in case it finds that deviations are due to insufficient motivation.

(5) Ensures order and discipline : An efficient and good control system ensures order and discipline in the organisation. It prevents and reduces unnecessary behaviour on the part of employees. Under this system, regular checking is done by the managers or departmental heads and preventive measures are taken against deviation or indiscipline.

8. Answer the following

Question 1.
Define the term Planning and explain the importance of planning.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : Planning is the fundamental and basic function of management. It is a process of setting goals and choosing the means to achieve these goals. Planning means deciding the future course of action which determines what is to be done, how to do it, when to do it, who is to do it and how results are to be evaluated. It is a detailed programme in which all activities to be performed in future are mentioned keeping in mind the objectives. Thus, it is an intellectual process of logical thinking and rational decision-making.

[B] Importance : The importance of planning is explained as follows:
(1) Helps to set clear objectives : Planning is the process of setting objectives, targets and formulating plans to achieve these objectives. With the help of proper planning, management can analyse the present condition of the organisation and can identify the ways of attaining the desired position in future.

(6) Helps in decision-making : Planning helps the management to achieve to take a rational decision and to select best alternatives by considering all positive and negative outcomes of all the alternatives the decisions are taken after selecting the best suitable alternatives a predefined goals.

(7) Useful is setting the standards for controlling: Planning sets the standards of performance to be achieved and which can be measured with the actual performance for find out about any deviation. Such deviation can be taken care by controlling steps. Thus, planning provides basis for maintaining discipline in an organisation.

(8) Facilitates co-ordination of all activities : Proper planning reduces the overlapping among all activities of business which are closely linked with each other. Planning interrelates such activities of all department work as per overall plan and thus management co-ordination is achieved.

(9) Facilitates other functions : Planning is the primary function of all the functions of management. Every organisational function is set to achieve the organisational goals at the planning stage. Other management functions such as organising, staffing, etc. cannot be undertaken till the plan is ready.

(10) Promotes innovative ideas : Planning is the basic function. The process of decision-making involves promotion of innovative ideas after critical
thinking. It is the most challenging activity for the management as it guides all future activities and actions of an organisation. In the end, these innovative plans result in attainment of the organisation goals.

Question 2.
What is Organising? Explain the importance of organising.
Answer:
[A] Meaning: Organising is the process of putting together various activities, resource and people into a system so that people work together for achieving planned objectives. Organising means arranging everything in an orderly manner. It means making arrangements like money, machinery, materials, man-power and other physical resources to achieve the predefined goals. The synchronization and combination of workforce, physical, financial and information resources in the process of organising.

[B] Importance : The importance of organising is explained as follows:
(1) Facilitates administration as well as operation : Organising is the process of identifying, grouping and assigning the activities of administration and proceeding according to its operational activity. Due to proper grouping of the task and employees, there is a reduction in duplication of work results in effective delegation.

(6) Helps for effective administration : A sound organising structure facilitates in defining the right job to the right individual. Similarly, the functions, duties and role of each and every employee are well defined in the organising function. This facilitates effective administration and ultimately leads to efficient administration.

(7) Helpful for growth and diversification : Smooth and efficient functioning, clearly defined authority and responsibilities and smooth co-ordination leads to the growth of the organisation. Use of appropriate techniques of control brings efficiency and reduces wastages which ultimately leads to higher profitability of the organisation. All this is possible when the structure of the organisation is well defined.

(8) Creates sense of security: Organising function defines and clarifies the jobs, functions and roles, powers and authority assigned to every manager and employee. Clarity in job profile eliminates confusion and gives responsibility. It helps a lot in getting mental satisfaction and develops sense of security.

(9) Scope for innovation : The manager can use his talent, knowledge and experience to take decisions on various matters and problems. For instance, decision to adopt new technique of production in the organisation. Thus, his talent flourishes by adopting new changes in the methods of work.

(10) Optimum utilisation of resources : Organising function lays down the best possible uses of resources for a specific job. Thus, it is possible to use the available resources to their optimum level and thereby avoid wastage as well as their excessive use.

Question 3.
What do you mean by Staffing? Describe the importance of staffing.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : Right person at right job with right pay is the basic principle of staffing, Staffing is the process involved in attracting, identifying, assessing, recruiting, placing, evaluating and directing employees. It is recruitment, selection, development, training and compensation of employees. It is very challenging for the organisation to focus on best utilisation of workforce by using their talents and skills, retaining them and arranging training and t development programme.

[B] Importance : The importance of staffing is given as follows:
(1) Effective management function : Staffing is considered an effective managerial function as it deals with human resource. Employees appointed in the organisation through staffing function perform various activities in different areas of the organisation such as production, marketing, finance, etc.

(7) Long term effect : Sub-functions of staffing, namely, proper selection, training, development, motivation, etc. help to achieve long-term benefits such as increase in productivity and efficiency, loyalty of customers and employees, etc.

(8) Essential contribution : The selection of employees should be based on the ability of the prospective candidates to meet the future challenges. Selection is based on the ability of the prospective employee so that organisation can meet the future challenges wisely. Therefore, in staff selection, the selectors should take into account the contribution of the employees in their future roles.

(9) Provides job satisfaction : A good staffing policy creates job satisfaction in the minds of the employees. For instance, proper placement of the individuals according to their knowledge, experience and aptitude, timely promotions, training etc. give job satisfaction. Fair remuneration and job security are the factors which are important in providing job satisfaction.

(10) Maintains harmony: Proper staffing policy helps to develop good labour relations. The performances of employees are regularly appraised and promotions are made on merits. Due to this, employees develop positive attitude towards the management which, in turn, helps to bring about peace and harmony in the organisation.

Question 4.
Give the meaning of Directing and explain the importance of directing.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : Directing is the process of instructing, guiding, inspiring, motivating and supervising the employees to achieve pre-determined organisational goals. It is a continuous function started at top level and flows through the lower level of an organisation. It is continued through out the tenure of an organisation. A few philosophers called it as ‘Life spark of an Enterprise. Director shows the correct path as well as guides the employees in solving the problems.

[B] Importance : The importance of Directing is as follows:
(1) Initiates action : Direction initiates action. It activates employees to put in their best efforts, to achieve the goals. Without effective direction, other managerial functions like planning, organising, staffing, co-ordinating and controlling become ineffective. Managers have to stimulate action by issuing instructions like what to do, how to do, etc. to the subordinates and by supervising them from time to time.

(6) Efficient utilisation of resources : Constant instructions can be given to the subordinates to make the maximum use of the available resources and to make every possible effort to minimize the wastages of resources. Thus, effective direction helps in optimum use of available resources such as men, materials, money and methods which helps to reduce cost and increase profit.

(7) Creates team spirit : The supervisors through proper direction can guide, lead and motivate their subordinates to co-ordinate the activities. Thus, team spirit is created which helps the employees to perform their activities more efficiently and on time. This results in faster achievement of organisational goals.

(9) Increases efficiency level : Effective direction and guidance results in better performance of the employees. It also enables the managers and other superiors to guide the subordinates as the leader while performing their jobs.

(8) Exploring capabilities of individuals: Every employee in the organisation has certain capabilities and potential. Through proper direction, motivation and encouragement manager can utilise them to their optimum level to achieve organisational goals and increases efficiency of organisation.

(10) Co-operation : Co-operation between different departments from top level to the bottom level and among the people within the department is must. Co-operation is essential for the success and achievement of organisational goals and for smooth flow of all organisational activities.

Question 5.
What is Coordinating? Describe the importance of coordinating.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : Co-ordination as a function of management refers to the task of developing harmony between various sections of departments and between various departments of the organisation. Thus, co-ordination is a hidden force which binds all other functions of the management integrating the group activities to accomplish the organisational goal efficiency. As the work of each one is linked in an organisation is necessary in co-ordination.

[B] Importance : The importance of Co-ordinating is explained as follows:
(1) Encourages Team Spirit : Co-ordination is concerned with integrated group efforts. Team work under the direction of the manager encourages the subordinates to work sincerely and give better performance to achieve organisational goals. Co-ordination helps to reduce the conflicts between the employees and departments regarding policies, roles, etc. and increase their team spirit.

(6) Improve relations : Co-ordination brings develops good relations among the employees working at different levels of management. For instance, marketing department depends upon production department, production department : depends upon purchase department and so on. Proper co-ordination always helps employees to improve and build strong relations among the employees working in different departments.

(7) Leads to Higher Efficiency : Co-ordination facilitates the optimum use of physical and human resources. This leads to higher returns at lesser cost, thereby higher efficiency. Co-ordination ultimately leads to the optimum use of the resources, higher efficiency reduction in cost and reduction in wastages.

(8) Improves goodwill : Higher sales and higher profitability can be achieved due to synchronized efforts. It earns a name and goodwill in the corporate world. This leads to better value of shares in the stock exchange (market).

(9) Unity of direction : Co-ordinating function helps to bring together activities of different departments to achieve common goals and objectives of the organisation. Therefore, co¬ordination is needed to give proper direction to all the departments of the organisation.

(10) Specialisation : In every business organisation all departments are headed by qualified and specialised professionals in their respective field. The specialised knowledge of these departmental heads helps in various managerial decisions. Proper and efficient co-ordination among these professionals helps to achieve organisational goals (targets) as planned by the top management.

Question 6.
Define the term Controlling and explain the importance of controlling.
Answer:
[A] Meaning : Controlling is a function of comparing the actual performance with the predetermined standard performance. It measures deviation, if any, identifies the causes and suggest the corrective measures. It is performed by all levels of management. Controlling is an indispensable function at all levels of management.

[B] Importance : The importance of controlling function is explained as follows:
(1) Fulfilling goals of organisation : Controlling helps to fulfil and achieve organisational goals. The controlling function ensures that the activities take place according to the plans and if there is any deviation, timely action is taken. When all the activities are conducted successfully, according to plan the organisational goals can be achieved as desired.

(6) Facilitates co-ordination : Every manager or superior co-ordinates the activities of subordinates towards the process of controlling. Controlling reveals the weak points where co¬ordination falls short, so that the management can take timely action.

(7) Psychological pressure : Efficient control system puts psychological pressure on the employees to perform better. Their performance is measured and compared with standards set from time to time. All the employees know that their performance will be evaluated and hence they put on their best to perform well.

(8) Ensures Organisational Efficiency and Effectiveness : Efficient and proper control system ensures organisational efficiency and ; effectiveness. The factors of controlling such as motivation for better performance, achievement of co-ordination in the performance and managers’ responsibility ensure that the organisation works i more efficiently.

(9) Build good Corporate image : An efficient controlling system helps to improve overall efficiency and quality of work. As a result organisation achieves its goals according set standards. This in turn helps to build a good corporate image and develops reputation of the business.

(10) Acts as a Guide : Controlling function provides set of standard performance. All levels of managers and employees work according to it. They follow these standards to achieve desired results. The steps taken for controlling an activity guide the management while planning any future activity.

OCM 12th Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

12th OCM Chapter 1 Exercise Principles of Management Practical Problems Solutions Maharashtra Board

March 28, 2025March 27, 2025 by Bhagya

Principles of Management 12th OCM Chapter 1 Solutions Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Organisation of Commerce and Management 12th Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Principles of Management Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 12 OCM Chapter 1 Exercise Solutions

1. (A) Select the correct option and rewrite the sentence

Question 1.
………………… was regarded as the Father of Scientific Management.
(a) Henry Fayol
(b) F. W. Taylor
(c) Philip Kotler
Answer:
(b) F. W. Taylor

Question 2.
Principle of ……………… is based on ‘A place for everything and everything in its place.
(a) Discipline
(b) Order
(c) Equity
Answer:
(b) Order

Question 3.
Member of organization should receive orders from ………………..
(a) many superior
(b) one superior
(c) all superiors
Answer:
(b) one superior

Question 4.
Scalar chain means the hierarchy of …………….. from the top level to the lower level for the purpose of communication.
(a) discipline
(b) unity
(c) authority
Answer:
(c) authority

Question 5.
Taylor recommended total ……………….. foremen to control the various aspects of production.
(a) eight
(b) three
(c) two
Answer:
(a) eight

1. (B) Match the pairs

Group A	Group B
A) Henry Fayol	1) Eight Foremen
B) Principle of Unity of Direction	2) F.W. Taylor
C) Principles of Management	3) Proper division of all activities
D) Scientific Management Theory	4) general guidelines
E) Functional Organization	5) A place for everything and everything in its place
	6) One head-one plan
	7) Low wage rate
	8) Harmony between the employees and management
	9) German engineer
	10) Modern Management

Answer:

Group A	Group B
A) Henry Fayol	1) Modern Management
B) Principle of Unity of Direction	2) One head-one plan
C) Principles of Management	3) general guidelines
D) Scientific Management Theory	4) F.W. Taylor
E) Functional Organization	5) Eight Foremen

1. (C) Give one word/phrase/term for the following statements:

Question 1.
The study of movement of an employee as well as machine while completing particular task.
Answer:
Motion Study

Question 2.
The technique of observing and recording the time required by an employee to complete a given task.
Answer:
Time Study

Question 3.
Study consists of an organised, systematic and critical assessment of various activities.
Answer:
Work Study

Question 4.
The principle which deals with ‘to do work with innovative way’.
Answer:
Principle of Initiative

Question 5.
The principle which is based on ‘a place for everything and everything in its place’.
Answer:
Principle of Order.

1. (D) State whether the following statements are True or False

Question 1.
The principles of management are universal in nature.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Management principles are applied differently under different situations.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Only some principles of management are important.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
Henry Fayol has given different techniques of management.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
F. W. Taylor has proposed 14 principles of management.
Answer:
False

Question 6.
Each member of organisation should receive orders only from one superior.
Answer:
True

1. (E) Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Principle of Authority and Responsibility, Motion Study, Principle of Division of Work, Principle of Discipline.
Answer:
Motion Study

Question 2.
Fatigue Study, Principle of Unity of Command, Work Study, Motion Study.
Answer:
Principle of unity of Command

1. (F) Answer in one sentence

Question 1.
What is principle of unity of command?
Answer:
Principal of unity of command implies that every employee should receive orders and instructions from one boss only and he should be responsible and accountable to him only.

Question 2.
What is standardization of tools and equipment?
Answer:
Standardisation of tools and equipment refers to providing the standard tools and equipment for production and maintaining standard working conditions and environment at the place of work.

Question 3.
What is differential wage rate?
Answer:
Differential wage rate means offering higher rate of wages to those employees who complete the work more than the standard quantity and lower rate of wages to those employees who perform below the standard fixed.

Question 4.
What is Subordination of Individual Interest into Organisational Interest?
Answer:
Subordination of individual interest into organisational interest means the interest of an individual must be given less importance than the interest of the organisation.

Question 5.
What is the meaning of principle?
Answer:
Principle means a fundamental truth or proposition that serves as the foundation for a system of belief or behaviour or for a chain of reasoning.

1. (G) Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
Security in job always affects adversely on the efficiency of employees.
Answer:
Insecurity in job always affects adversely on the efficiency of employees.

Question 2.
Esprit de corps means ‘division is strength’.
Answer:
Esprit de corps means ‘unity is strength’.

Question 3.
Each member of organisation should receive orders from only one subordinate.
Answer:
Each member of organisation should receive orders from only one superior.

Question 4.
Decentralisation means concentration of powers and authorities at a specific position.
Answer:
Centralisation means concentration of powers and authorities at a specific position.

Question 5.
Management techniques are applied differently under different conditions.
Answer:
Management principles are applied differently under different conditions.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts

Question 1.
Motion Study
Answer:
(1) This is one of the important techniques f of scientific management developed by E W. Taylor. Motion study refers to the movements of employees, as well as movement of machine while completing . a particular task. The motion study helps the manager to know the movements required for a person to do a particular job.

(2) This study is useful to manager to eliminate the unnecessary movements or their sequence for doing the job. It also helps the manager to combine some actions or movements in the process. It increases efficiency and productivity of the employees and helps in reducing the wastage of time, raw material and improving the usefulness of resources.

Question 2.
Differential Piece Rate System.
Answer:
(1) According to F. W. Taylor, the differential piece wage rate plan is necessary to motivate the employees to attain higher standard performance and to earn remuneration at a higher rate. Differential piece wage rate plan suggests that remuneration should be fixed and paid in such a way that average worker is motivated to attain standard output.

(2) In differential piece wage rate plan, the. standard is determined for production by the management. The workers who produce more them the standard are to be paid more in the form of incentives and those who produce less than the standard are to be paid less by way of penalty. This technique encourages those who perform well and motivates those who have performed less than the standard required to improve their performance.

(3) Taylor suggested the differential piece wage system and further stated that the discrimination should be made between the efficient and inefficient workers. This technique explains that, efficient workers should be paid more remuneration in comparison to inefficient workers.

(4) Thus, the differential piece-rate wage plan technique motivates the able employees to attain higher performance and earn wages at higher rate.

Question 3.
Fatigue Study
Answer:
The term ‘fatigue’ implies physical or mental exhaustion. Long working hours with insufficient breaks, heavy working tools, target pressure and poor working conditions lead to fatigue. It reduces efficiency of the employees and creates adverse effect on their health. To reduce fatigue it is very important to keep and maintain the operational efficiency of the workers.

Question 4.
Time Study.
Answer:
(1) Time study is one of the important techniques of scientific management developed by E W. Taylor. Time study is useful to the manager to determine and record the time needed to complete a particular job or task. It is based on the speed of average worker.

(2) Under this technique of scientific management, every part of the entire work is considered in detail and the time required to complete each element of job or task is ascertained. On the basis of the time study, the manager determines the standard time required to complete a particular job. This also facilitates the manager to decide the remuneration to be paid and efficiency of the worker and to control the cost of work.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion.

Question 1.
Mr. Harshad is an entrepreneur and engaged in production of eco-friendly utensils. Both male and female workers are working in his factory. All male employees are directly working on machines whereas female employees are working in Packaging Department. Mr. Sharath is working as Finance Manager while Mrs. Naina is working as HR Manager who is responsible for recruiting employees in the factory. On this basis:
(i) Identify any one principle of management in above case.
(ii) What is the designation of Mrs. Naina in this organisations?
(iii) Who is responsible for overall planning of the organisation?
Answer:
(i) In the above case, principle of Division of work is identified.
(ii) The designation of Mrs. Naina is Human Resource Manager.
(iii) Mr. Harshad, an entrepreneur of eco-friendly utensils, is responsible for overall planning ; of the organisation.

Question 2.
In ‘Fine Diamonds Ltd.’ 200 employees are working in three shifts. In first shift 60 employees, in second shift 60 employees and in third shift 80 employees are working without sufficient breaks except lunch break and shift change break. No employee is able to complete the work in designated time due to inappropriate time management which results into delay for next shift employees.
(i) Identify which scientific principle needs to be followed by the company.
(ii) Suggest two scientific techniques which can be used for smooth flow of work in ‘Fine Diamonds Ltd.
(iii) Why the work is not being completed in time?
Answer:
(i) In the above case, Principle of scientific management called Science, Not Rule of Thumb needs to be followed.
(ii) Work study based on the technique of fatigue study and Scientific task setting can be used for smooth flow of work in ‘Fine Diamonds Ltd.’
(iii) Reasons for non-completion of work in time are:

Long working hours without sufficient breaks reduces the efficiency of labour.
Inappropriate time management (planning) done by the departmental head (Functional Manager) result into delay for next shift employees.
Standard required time and standard output are not defined by the manager or management of “Fine Diamonds Ltd.”

4. Answer in brief

Question 1.
Explain any five principles of management of Henry Fayol.
Answer:
(1) Principle of Division of Work : According to this principle, the entire work such as technical, financial, commercial, accounting, management and security operations should be assigned to different employees as per their qualification, qualities, capabilities and experience. It gives benefits of specialisation and improves efficiency and expertise of employees. This in turn helps to attain expected productivity level.

(2) Principle of Authority and Responsibility:
Authority implies right or freedom to take decisions. The manager should be given authority to get the work done systematically from the subordinates. Authority should always go with corresponding responsibility, e.g. if manager is given authority to complete a specific task within a given time, he would be held responsible for the same. Manager should have adequate authority to take managerial decisions on his own to achieve the goal.

(3) Principle of Discipline: Fayol insists that discipline is essential for smooth working of an organisation. It helps to achieve the goals set in the organisation. In relation to organisation, discipline means strictly obeying instructions of the superiors. There should be clear and utmost understanding between management and employees in respect to organisation’s rules. It is necessary to observe basic discipline at all levels of management.

(4) Principle of Unity of Command: According to this principle, every employee should receive orders and instructions from one boss only and he should be accountable to him only. If he receives orders from more them one boss at a time, he will not understand whose orders should be executed first. To avoid this, organisational hierarchy should be well defined and each employee in the organisation should know his immediate boss. He should receive orders and instructions from him only and should report to him only.
Maharashtra Board OCM 12th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Principles of Management 1

(5) Principle of Unity of Direction: Fayol advocates “One head for One plan”. It means that a group of employees working on similar activities should have common objectives and must work under one head (senior). All the objectives of the different groups should be in line with the objectives of the organisation. If this principle is followed there will be an effective co-ordination of the individual efforts and energies.

(6) Principle of Subordination of Individual Interest to Organisational Interest: According to this principle, the interest of the organisation must always be given greater importance than the interest of an employee or a group of employees. While taking decision, the manager should always consider the interest of whole group rather than the interest of an individual employee. Similarly, employees should surrender their personal goals or interests before that of an organisation e.g. while playing a game a team players should always play to win the game and not for his individual records.

Question 2.
Describe any four techniques of scientific management.
Answer:
(1) Work Study : Before allocating the work among the workers, systematic work study should be done by the management. Work study includes Em organised systematic and critical assessment of different activities or functions. It is based on the different techniques like time study, method study, motion study and fatigue study.
(i) Time Study : Under this method, the manager observes and record the time an employee takes to complete a particular job or task. This technique is useful to fix standard time needed to complete a specific task under given conditions. It measures the efficiency of an employee and helps to control the cost of work.

(ii) Method Study : In order to get best quality with cost effectiveness, it is important and challenging for a manager to identify the best method from various available methods to complete the specific job. This method is useful to reduce the wastage of time, raw material and to improve usefulness of the resources to achieve defined objectives. It is also useful to determine the methods to handle the raw materials, storage, inspection and transportation.

(iii) Motion Study : Motion study refers to the close study of the movements of employees as well as machines in completing a particular task. This technique is useful to manager to eliminate the unnecessary movements and to find out the best method of completing a specific task. It improves efficiency and productivity of the employees. This method is also useful to understand and decide about the elimination of some elements of a job or changing their sequence for smooth flow of work.

(iv) Fatigue Study : The term ‘fatigue’ implies physical or mental exhaustion. Long working hours with insufficient breaks, heavy working tools, target pressure and poor working conditions lead to fatigue. It reduces efficiency of the employees and creates adverse effect on their health. To reduce fatigue it is very important to keep and maintain the operational efficiency of the workers.

(2) Standardisation of Tools and Equipment:
On the basis of experiments conducted at work place, Taylor insisted to provide standard tools and equipment, standard working environment and standard methods of production. It helps to reduce spoilage and wastage of materials, cost of production, fatigue among the employees on the one hand and improves quality of work on the other hand.

(3) Scientific Task Setting : Taylor laid stress on the need for fixing a fair day’s work. The technique of scientific task setting is useful to restrain the employees from performing the task much below their capacity. As a result, they will complete their task according to the standards given and management will be able to keep proper control on the optimum use of available workforce.

(4) Scientific Selection and Training: By using scientific selection procedures, management easily select right persons for the right jobs. According to this technique, job specifications required to be fixed and employees are selected as per predetermined standards in an impartial way. After their selection, the management should arrange proper training programmes to increase efficiency.

(5) Functional Organisation : Taylor suggested that planning of the work is to be done by different people and actual work is to be supervised by different set of people. Every worker in the factory is to be supervised by two different sets of supervisors. He further suggested total eight foremen to control the various parts of the production. They are categorised as follows:
(A) At planning level:

Route clerk : Explains the movement of work from one machine to other.
Instruction clerk : Gives and records instructions to complete the work.
Time and cost clerk : Decides the time to complete the work and work out the cost.
Discipline : To see to it that workers work as per factory rules.

(B) At implementation level:

Gang Boss : Gets the actual work done from employees.
Speed Boss : Takes care that work is done in specified time.
Repair Boss : Manages security and maintenance of mechanism.
Inspector : Makes sure that work is completed as per specified standards.

5. Justify the following statements

Question 1.
Principles of management are flexible in nature.
Answer:
(1) Principles of management are the statements of fundamental truth which act as guidelines for managerial decision-making and action. They establish cause and effect relationship. They are evolved through observation, analysis and experiments.

(2) Principles of management although fundamental, are not rigid. They are flexible in nature in the sense they can be changed or modified according to the situation and requirements of the organisation. Managers can change these principles to suit the requirements of the organisation.

(3) Principles of management are flexible guidelines providing ample scope for making changes according to the nature of enterprise, its size, competitive situation, etc. For instance, in the context of present business scenario, at many places the ‘family management has been substituted by professional management’.

(4) Modern business world is dynamic. The situations in a business enterprise keep on changing continuously. No two circumstances are identical. Principles of management can be changed, adjusted or modified and used in the enterprise as per its changing needs and requirements. By identifying problems of business changes will be accepted.

Question 2.
Management principles are helpful in optimum utilization of resources.
Answer:
(1) Materials or abstract qualities that a person or organisation uses to perform the work is called resources, e.g. tools, stocks, time, employees, etc. In every organisation, two types of resources are used and they are: (i) Physical resources such as materials, machines, money, etc. and (ii) Human resources i.e. manpower.

(2) The different types of resources are used in the organisation to manufacture or produce different types of goods and services. The resources are scarce in relation to their demand and therefore resources should not be wasted and misused. They should be used carefully and up to their optimum capacity.

(3) The basic aim and function of management are to make and maintain proper balance and allocate these resources by putting them to maximum possible use and control on wastage of resources. Through the use of different techniques and management principles, management maintains discipline and healthy working environment to establish cordial relationship with the employees.

(4) It helps to increase the efficiency level of employees and to manage the administration effectively, e.g. use of modern and standard tools and machineries. It also helps to increase quality, productivity and level of efficiency of human resources.

Question 3.
Principle of equity is important.
Answer:
(1) The principle of equity suggests that employer should give kind, fair, just and equal treatment to the employees. Managers should be kind, impartial and fair to their subordinates.

(2) The principle of equity further states that there should not be any discrimination between the employees while making the payment of wages. The employees working on the same level but in different departments should be paid same wages.

(3) The wages payable to employees should not depend on the departments but the level at which they are working, e.g. Foremen should be paid higher wages than that is paid to employees working under them.

(4) The principle of equity also states that there should not be any discrimination between the employees while distributing work between them. As far as possible, there should be equal distribution of work. Thus, equality in treatment of employees boosts the morale and develops a sense of belongingness among the employees. It helps to develop loyalty of employees towards organisation and avoid conflicts.

Question 4.
Taylor emphasized on standardization of tools and equipment.
Answer:
(1) Fredrick Winslow Taylor published Principles of Scientific Management. His primary objective was to increase efficiency of employees by scientifically designing jobs. According to his views, management problems should be solved through experiments and use of scientific techniques rather than rules of thumb and triad and error approach.

(2) Taylor had conducted many experiments at workplace and as a result of those experiments, he advocated standardisation of tools and equipment. Standard here, means a level of quality or achievement, especially a level that is acceptable.

(3) According to him, standardised working environment and standardised methods of production tools and equipment help to reduce spoilage and wastage of materials. This in turn reduces the overall cost of production.

(4) Similarly use of standardised tools and equipment increases efficiency of employees and also helps to reduce fatigue among the workers. This improves the quality of work.

Question 5.
Differential piece wage rate plan is necessary.
Answer:
(1) According to F. W. Taylor, the differential piece wage rate plan is necessary to motivate the employees to attain higher standard performance and to earn remuneration at a higher rate. Differential piece wage rate plan suggests that remuneration should be fixed and paid in such a way that average worker is motivated to attain standard output.

(4) Thus, the differential piece-rate wage plan technique motivates the able employees to attain higher performance and earn wages at higher rate.

6. Attempt the Following

Question 1.
Explain in detail any five Principles of Management given by Henry Fayol’s?
Answer:
(1) Principle of Division of Work : According to this principle, the entire work such as technical, financial, commercial, accounting, management and security operations should be assigned to different employees as per their qualification, qualities, capabilities and experience. It gives benefits of specialisation and improves efficiency and expertise of employees. This in turn helps to attain expected productivity level.

Question 2.
Describe different techniques of scientific management.
Answer:
(1) Work Study : Before allocating the work among the workers, systematic work study should be done by the management. Work study includes Em organised systematic and critical assessment of different activities or functions. It is based on the different techniques like time study, method study, motion study and fatigue study.
(i) Time Study : Under this method, the manager observes and record the time an employee takes to complete a particular job or task. This technique is useful to fix standard time needed to complete a specific task under given conditions. It measures the efficiency of an employee and helps to control the cost of work.

Route clerk : Explains the movement of work from one machine to other.
Instruction clerk : Gives and records instructions to complete the work.
Time and cost clerk : Decides the time to complete the work and work out the cost.
Discipline : To see to it that workers work as per factory rules.

(B) At implementation level:

Gang Boss : Gets the actual work done from employees.
Speed Boss : Takes care that work is done in specified time.
Repair Boss : Manages security and maintenance of mechanism.
Inspector : Makes sure that work is completed as per specified standards.

Question 3.
Elaborate Principles of Scientific Management.
Answer:
The principles of scientific management are as follows:

Science, Not Rule of Thumb
Harmony, Not Discord
Mental Revolution
Co-operation, Not Individualism
Division of Responsibility
Development of employer and employees for greater efficiency and maximum prosperity

1. Science, Not Rule of Thumb : Rule of thumb method is based on personal judgements of the manager which should be substituted with the methods developed through scientific analysis of work. Taylor emphasised more on the use of scientific method for every small job. This principle related with selecting the best way of doing a work after scientific analysis. Under this method, standard required time and standard output are defined by the manager. This method is useful to save time and human energy, to get expected standard output and to increase organisational efficiency.

2. Harmony, Not Discord : This principle states that, in every organisation these should be proper co-ordination and harmonious relations between the management and employees. This will help in minimising conflicts between them and in achieving the goals of the organisation. The perfect understanding between employees and management is also helpful in creating healthy work environment. Organisation should also think about the maximum prosperity of the employees.

3. Mental Revolution : The concept of ‘mental revolution’ was introduced by Taylor. This principle highlights on the complete change in the attitude of the management and employees toward each other. Both should recognise their equal importance in the organisation. They should co-operate with each other to achieve goals or objectives of the organisation. This in turn will increase productivity and profits.

4. Co-operation, Not Individualism : This principle states that there should be mutual co-operation between employees and management. Co-operation, trust, team spirit, etc. are important to avoid internal competition and to create healthy working environment. Management should always appreciate and consider the suggestions given by the employees in decision-making process. The management should treat the employees as an integral part of the organisation in all respects. Employees should also resist themselves from going on strikes and making unacceptable or unnecessary demands from the management. Thus, they should see each other as two pillars of the organisation.

5. Division of Responsibility : This principle states that while dividing the work there should be’ corresponding division of responsibility between the managers and employees. Major planning should be done by the top and middle level management and employees should concentrate on its execution. The reporting of the jobs should be done by the subordinates as per the instructions given by their superiors. For the best performances, the management should always help, encourage and guide the employees.

6. Development of employer and employees for greater efficiency and maximum prosperity : Profitability and best performance of any organisation mostly depend on the skills, intelligence and capabilities of its employees. Arranging and providing training and development programmes for the employees at regular interval or whenever required are absolutely important. It helps to increase profitability of the organisation. Proper opportunity should be given to each ; employee to attain his highest efficiency and ; maximum prosperity.

Question 4.
Explain nature (characteristics) of principles of management.
Answer:
The nature (characteristics) of principles of management is (are) explained as follows:
(1) Universal application : Management principles are universal in nature. They are applicable to all types of organisations irrespective of the type, size or nature, e.g. government, college, hospital, bank. etc. Their application may have to be modified, but they are suitable for all kinds of organisations, whether in private sector or public sector. Similarly, principles of management are applicable to all levels of management. For instance, the principle of division of labour is applicable to all types of organisations.

(2) General guidelines : Management principles give general guidelines to tackle the organisational situations wisely and to solve the problems systematically. They are not rigid. Application of management principles depend upon the situation, size and nature of organisation, e.g., when we say according to principle of remuneration, the employees must be paid fair remuneration. The term ‘fair’ may vary as per nature, size and financial ability of the organisation.

(3) Principles are formed by practice and experiments : The management principles are developed gradually with thorough research work, experiments and systematic observations. The results of such observations and experiments are developed after their practice in different organisations.

(4) Flexibility : Management principles, although fundamental are not rigid statements. They have to be applied differently under various conditions. It is possible to make suitable changes in their application according to the requirement of the organisation. Thus, Management principles are flexible guidelines providing ample scope for making changes according to the nature of enterprise, its size, competitive situation, etc.

(5) Behavioural in nature : Management is a teamwork or a group activity. Management principles aim at influencing individual efforts and directing them to achieve various objectives of the organisation. They are directed towards regulating human behaviour so that people give their best to the organisation. Thus, principles of management are designed to influence human behaviour.

(6) Cause and effect relationship : Management principles indicate cause and effect relationship. Each principle has a definite effect on the efficiency or working of management. For example, payment of good remuneration and incentives increases output. Similarly, effective advertisement given by the organisation increases the sale of a product.

(7) All principles are of equal importance : All the principles of management have equal importance and they also carry equal weightage with reference to their applicability in the organisation. For example, it cannot be said that the principle of division of labour is more important than the principle of unity of command or vice versa. Management principles are not static in nature. They are not absolute like principles of pure sciences like Chemistry, Mathematics, etc. They are the principles of social science. They are to be modified and applied according to the size and nature of the organisation, keeping in mind the requirements.

7. Answer the following questions

Question 1.
What are the techniques of scientific management? Explain in detail.
Answer:
The techniques of scientific management given by F. W. Taylor are explained as follows:
(1) Work Study : Before allocating the work among the workers, systematic work study should be done by the management. Work study includes Em organised systematic and critical assessment of different activities or functions. It is based on the different techniques like time study, method study, motion study and fatigue study.

(i) Time Study : Under this method, the manager observes and record the time an employee takes to complete a particular job or task. This technique is useful to fix standard time needed to complete a specific task under given conditions. It measures the efficiency of an employee and helps to control the cost of work.

Route clerk : Explains the movement of work from one machine to other.
Instruction clerk : Gives and records instructions to complete the work.
Time and cost clerk : Decides the time to complete the work and work out the cost.
Discipline : To see to it that workers work as per factory rules.

(B) At implementation level:

Gang Boss : Gets the actual work done from employees.
Speed Boss : Takes care that work is done in specified time.
Repair Boss : Manages security and maintenance of mechanism.
Inspector : Makes sure that work is completed as per specified standards.

(6) Differential Piece – Rate Wage Plan : Taylor suggested that discrimination should be made between efficient and less efficient workers. In this technique, the standard is determined (fixed) for production. The workers who produce more than the standard output are to be paid remuneration at higher rates and those who produce less them the standard quantity are to be paid at lower rate of wages. This technique encourages the employees to attain higher standard performance to earn higher wages.

Question 2.
Explain 14 principles of Henry Fayol in detail.
Answer:
Henry Fayol, the Father of Modern Management developed the following 14 principles:
principles of management:

Principle of Division of Work
Principle of Authority and Responsibility
Principle of Discipline
Principle of Unity of Command
Principle of Unity of Direction
Principle of Subordination of Individual Interest to Organisational Interest
Principle of Centralisation
Principle of Remuneration
Principle of Scalar Chain
Principle of Order
Principle of Equity
Principle of Stability of Tenure
Principle of Initiative
Principle of Esprit de corpse (Team Work)

1. Principle of Division of Work: According to this principle, the entire work such as technical, financial, commercial, accounting, management and security operations should be assigned to different employees as per their qualification, qualities, capabilities and experience. It gives benefits of specialisation and improves efficiency and expertise of employees. This in turn helps to attain expected productivity level.

2. Principle of Authority and Responsibility: Authority implies right or freedom to take decisions. The manager should be given authority to get the work done systematically from the subordinates. Authority should always go with corresponding responsibility, e.g. if manager is given authority to complete a specific task w12. Principle of Stability of Tenure:ithin a given time, he would be held responsible for the same. Manager should have adequate authority to take managerial decisions on his own to achieve the goal.

3. Principle of Discipline: Fayol insists that discipline is essential for smooth working of an organisation. It helps to achieve the goals set in the organisation. In relation to organisation, discipline means strictly obeying instructions of the superiors. There should be clear and utmost understanding between management and employees in respect to organisation’s rules. It is necessary to observe basic discipline at all levels of management.

4. Principle of Unity of Command: According to this principle, every employee should receive orders and instructions from one boss only and he should be accountable to him only. If he receives orders from more them one boss at a time, he will not understand whose orders should be executed first. To avoid this, organisational hierarchy should be well defined and each employee in the organisation should know his immediate boss. He should receive orders and instructions from him only and should report to him only.
Maharashtra Board OCM 12th Commerce Solutions Chapter 1 Principles of Management 3

5. Principle of Unity of Direction: Fayol advocates “One head for One plan”. It means that a group of employees working on similar activities should have common objectives and must work under one head (senior). All the objectives of the different groups should be in line with the objectives of the organisation. If this principle is followed there will be an effective co-ordination of the individual efforts and energies.

6. Principle of Subordination of Individual Interest to Organisational Interest: According to this principle, the interest of the organisation must always be given greater importance than the interest of an employee or a group of employees. While taking decision, the manager should always consider the interest of whole group rather than the interest of an individual employee. Similarly, employees should surrender their personal goals or interests before that of an organisation e.g. while playing a game a team players should always play to win the game and not for his individual records.

7. Principle of Centralisation: Centralisation means concentration of authority or power in a few hands at the top level. As number of employees is less in a smaller organisation there is centralisation of authority. Decentralisation means even distribution of authority or power at every level of management. As number of employees and levels of management are more in a larger organisation, there must be decentralisation of some authorities for its smooth functioning. According to Fayol, there must be a proper balance between centralisation and decentralisation, depending upon the nature and size of an organisation.

8. Principle of Remuneration: According to this principle, the employees must be paid fair and appropriate remuneration to keep them satisfied financially and to retain them within the organisation for longer period of time. While fixing remuneration various factors such as the skill, knowledge, expertise, tenure, cost of living, market trend, profitability of organisation, etc. should be considered. It boosts the morale of employees and increases efficiency and productivity.

9. Principle of Scalar Chain: According to Fayol, in the organisation decisions, orders, instructions, messages, etc. must be passed through a chain, i.e. from the general manager to the respective functional manager, then to the supervisor, then to the foreman and then ultimately, to the workers. Similarly, suggestions, information, grievances, etc., must flow from the worker in the upward direction. This is called Scalar Chain. Sometimes, following a scalar chain becomes a lengthy process. In such cases, ‘Gang Plank’ is followed which permits speedy and direct communication between the employees working at the same level of authority. However, for this, permission of the proper authority is necessary.

10. Principle of Order: The principle of order is based on ‘a place for everything and everything in its place’. According to this principle, in every organisation there should be proper, systematic and orderly arrangement of men and materials. There should be a fixed place to keep every material and thing used in the organisation and a fixed place or a seat for every employee. The purpose of this principle is to reduce wastage of time and energy. This principle emphasises more I on the proper and optimum utilisation of physical and human resources.

11. Principle of Equity: This principle states that the management should be fair as well as friendly to the subordinate staff. There should be no discrimination of employees in regard to division of work, delegation of the authorities, deciding the monetary terms, etc. This principle also states that the remuneration should depend not on the department but at the level at which employees are working, It means the employees working on the same level but in separate departments must be paid equal wages. It will also help in avoiding conflicts in an organisation.

12. Principle of Stability of Tenure: According to this principle, at the time of recruitment of employees, the management should assure them about the stability of tenure (i.e. job security). This creates a sense of belonging among the employees. Job security increases efficiency of the employees and minimises employees turnover ratio.

13. Principle of Initiative: Initiative means to do the work in an innovative way in his or her personal capacity. According to this principle, managers should give freedom, opportunity or encourage the subordinates to take initiative while working on given job. Their suggestions and ideas should be invited before framing the plan. This can work as a morale booster for the employees and leads to timely achievement of organisational goals.

14. Principle of Esprit de corpse (Team Work): ‘Esprit de corpse’ means union is strength. This principle integrates and co-ordinates the individual and group efforts. It emphasizes the spirit of teamwork. The manager as a leader should create the feeling of team spirit and understanding among the various groups. When entire group of employees works as a team, their efforts get directed towards realising the goals of the organisation.

OCM 12th Commerce Textbook Solutions Digest

Class 12 Hindi Chapter 18 Prakash Utpann Karne Wale Jiv Question Answer Maharashtra Board

March 26, 2025March 25, 2025 by Bhagya

Std 12 Hindi Chapter 18 Prakash Utpann Karne Wale Jiv Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 18 प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 18 प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव Questions And Answers

12th Hindi Guide Chapter 18 प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव Textbook Questions and Answers

कृति-स्वाध्याय एवं उत्तर

पाठ पर आधारित

प्रश्न 1.
प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों द्वारा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने के उद्देश्यों की जानकारी दीजिए।
उत्तर :
हम कोई भी काम करते हैं, तो उसके पीछे हमारा कोई-न-कोई उद्देश्य होता है। उसी तरह प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों का भी प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने के पीछे सार्थक उद्देश्य होता है।

वातावरण में लाखों कीट-पतंगे उड़ते रहते हैं। प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों का अँधेरे में प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने का एक कारण उजाले में अपने साथी की खोज करना होता है। इसके अलावा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव इससे संकेतों का आदान-प्रदान भी करते हैं।

जीवों द्वारा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने का दूसरा उद्देश्य उजाले में अपने शिकार को खोजना होता है। वह उजाले में शिकार को स्पष्ट रूप से देखकर उसे अपना शिकार बना सकता है। कुछ जीव अपने प्रकाश से शिकार को आकर्षित करने का काम भी करते हैं। प्रकाश से आकर्षित होकर शिकार जब उसके पास आता है, तो वह आसानी से उसे अपना शिकार बना लेता है।

है कुछ जीव, विशेषकर मछलियाँ, कामाफ्लास के लिए प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। इस प्रकाश में वे अपने परिवेश से इतना घुल-मिल जाते हैं कि सरलता से वे दिखाई नहीं देते। इससे उन जीवों को शिकार करने और अपने आप को सुरक्षित रखने में सुविधा होती है।

जीवों द्वारा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने का उद्देश्य आत्मरक्षा करना भी होता है। सागरों और महासागरों में पाए जाने वाले कुछ जीव अपने प्रकाश उत्पादक अंगों से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। ये स्क्विड के समान अपने शरीर से एक विशेष प्रकार का तरल रसायन छोड़ते हैं, जो पानी में मिलकर चमकीला प्रकाश-सा हो जाता हैं। इससे उनका शत्र उन्हें देख नहीं पाता है और वे वहाँ से भागने में सफल हो जाते हैं।

इस प्रकार प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों द्वारा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने के कई सार्थक उद्देश्य होते हैं।

प्रश्न 2.
प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों की वैज्ञानिक अध्ययन की दृष्टि से जानकारी लिखिए।
उत्तर :
प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों के बारे में किए गए विभिन्न अध्ययनों से वैज्ञानिकों को अनेक प्रकार की जानकारियाँ प्राप्त हुई हैं। प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव जमीन और जल दोनों स्थानों पर पाए जाते हैं। जल में पाए जाने वाले ये जीव तालाबों और नदियों के जल में नहीं पाए जाते। प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव खारे जल वाले गहरे समुद्रों में पाए जाते हैं। इनमें जेलीफिश, स्क्विड, क्रिल तथा विभिन्न जातियों वाले झींगे मुख्य हैं।

वैज्ञानिक अध्ययनों के आधार पर प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव दो प्रकार से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं – एक तो अपने शरीर पर पाए जाने वाले जीवाणुओं के माध्यम से, दूसरे रसायन के पदार्थों की पारस्परिक क्रिया के द्वारा। जीवाणुओं द्वारा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों के पूरे शरीर पर प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवाणु रहते हैं। ये निरंतर प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते रहते हैं।

इन जीवों में इस प्रकाश को ढकने अथवा प्रकाश वाले भाग को अपने शरीर के अंदर खींचने की क्षमता होती है। अतः वे अपनी आवश्यकता के अनुसार इस प्रकाश का उपयोग करते हैं। रसायनों के द्वारा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों के शरीर में ल्यूसीफेरिन (Luciferin) और ल्यूसीफेरैस (Luciferase) नामक रसायन होते हैं। इन दोनों रसायनों की सहायता से ये जीव प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं।

अधिकांश जीव जीवाणुओं द्वारा अथवा रासायनिक क्रिया द्वारा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। पर कुछ ऐसे भी जीव होते हैं, जिनके शरीर पर न तो प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवाणु रहते हैं और न ही उनके शरीर पर रसायन उत्पन्न करने वाले अंग ही होते हैं। फिर भी ये प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं।

इन जीवों के शरीर में विशेष प्रकार के द्रव पदार्थ वाली ग्रंथि होती है। यह द्रव पदार्थ पानी के संपर्क में आते ही प्रकाश उत्पन्न करता है। समुद्र में पाए जाने वाले प्रकाश उत्पादक जीवों के लिए पानी आवश्यक होता है। ये जीव पानी के बाहर प्रकाश उत्पन्न नहीं कर सकते।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों की संख्या काफी है। जीव वैज्ञानिक अभी प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले नए-नए जीवों की खोज कर रहे हैं तथा उनके द्वारा उत्पन्न किए जाने वाले प्रकाश पर शोध कर रहे हैं।

व्यावहारिक प्रयोग

प्रश्न 1.
समुद्री जीवों पर शोधपूर्ण आलेख पढ़ें।
उत्तर :
पृथ्वी के तीन चौथाई हिस्से पर समुद्रों की विशाल जल राशि व्याप्त है। इस जल राशि में समुद्री जीवों की विचित्र दुनिया है। ऐसी दुनिया जिसके बारे में जानकर दाँतों तले ऊँगली दबा लेनी पड़ती है।

समुद्र बड़े-छोटे, रंगबिरंगे, खतरनाक विषैले जीवों तथा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले असंख्य जीवों से भरा पड़ा है।

एक ओर जहाँ समुद्र में पाए जाने वाले जीवों पर आधारित मत्स्य उद्योग, सजावटी सामानों तथा अन्य अनेक वस्तुओं के व्यवसाय फल-फूल रहे हैं, वहीं समुद्र में अभी भी ऐसे अनेक जीव हैं जिनके बारे में हम जानते तक नहीं।

समुद्र के अद्भुत संसार में पाया जाने वाला अद्भुत जीव है व्हेल। यह समुद्र का सबसे बड़ा जीव है। इसकी लंबाई 25 मीटर और वजन 150 से 180 टन तक होता है। गहरे पानी में पाया जाने वाला यह जीव साँस लेने के लिए जब अपने सिर में बने छेद से पानी फेंकता है तो लगता है, जैसे बादल फटकर बरसात हो रही हो। विशाल जीवों में खतरनाक शॉर्क मछली भी मशहूर है। यह इतनी खतरनाक होती है कि अन्य समुद्री जीव इससे दूरी बनाकर चलते हैं। समुद्र में बिजली की तरह करंट मारने वाली दो मीटर लंबी बामी मछली की शकल-सूरत वाली एक मछली पाई जाती है, जिसका नाम है ईल।

इसके शरीर में 860 वॉट का करंट प्रवाहित होता है। यह अपने इस करंट से मगर जैसे खतरनाक जीव को भी मार डालती है। समुद्र में पाई जाने वाली सॉर्ड फिश चपटे और बहुत बड़े आकार की होती है। उसका थूथना नुकीला होता है और वजन 600 किलो तक का होता है। स्टिंग रे फिश का आकार हवाई जहाज जैसा होता है और इसके जबड़ों के पास वाले दो बड़े-बड़े काँटे बहुत विषैले होते हैं। विषैली मछलियों में जेली फिश का भी समावेश हैं।

यह पारदर्शी होती है और इसके शरीर से लटकने वाले रेशे बहुत विषैले होते हैं। इसलिए इसे पकड़कर उठाते समय बहुत सावधानी बरतनी पड़ती हैं।

समुद्र में कुछ ऐसी मछलियाँ भी पाई जाती हैं, जो उड़ सकती हैं। इन्हें फ्लाइंग फिश के नाम से जाना जाता है। ये पानी की सतह के ऊपर तेज गति से उड़ती हुई जाती हैं। ये मछलियाँ आकार में छोटी होती हैं। समुद्र में तीक्ष्ण दाँतों वाली पॉफर नाम की एक विचित्र मछली पाई जाती है। वह सामान्य मछलियों की तरह लंबी होती है पर छूने पर यह गोल आकार धारण कर लेती है।

समुद्र सी-हार्स, शील, डाल्फिन, लायन फिश, शंख, सीपियों, धोंधों, केकड़ों, कछुओं तथा विभिन्न प्रकार के साँपों से भरा हुआ है। इसमें तरह-तरह की हजारों किस्म की रंगबिरंगी मछलियाँ पाई जाती हैं।

इसके अलावा समुद्र में प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों का विशाल संसार है। ये जीव अपने शिकार करने अथवा अपनी आत्मरक्षा के लिए प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। इन जीवों में ऑक्टोपस, एंगलर मछलियाँ, कटलफिश, कार्डिनल मछली, क्रिल, जेली फिश, टोड मछली, धनुर्धारी मछली, वाम्बेडक मछली, मूंगे, लालटेल मछली, वाइपर मछली, शंबुक, समुद्री कासनी, समुद्री स्लग, समुद्री स्क्विर्ट, स्क्विड तथा व्हेल मछली प्रमुख हैं। जीव वैज्ञानिक अभी भी समुद्र में प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों की खोज का कार्य कर रहे हैं।

जिस प्रकार समुद्र का आरपार नहीं है उसी प्रकार समुद्री जीवों का भी आरपार नहीं है।

प्रश्न 2.
प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले किसी एक जीव की खोज कीजिए।
उत्तर :
संसार में प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले अनेक जीव हैं। प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों को दो वर्गों में बाँटा जा सकता है। एक जमीन पर पाए जाने वाले जीव और दूसरे जल में पाए जाने वाले जीव। यहाँ हम जमीन पर पाए जाने वाले प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव जुगनू की जानकारी प्राप्त करेंगे।

जुगनू एक सामान्य कीड़ा है, जो रात के अंधेरे में आकाश में रुक-रुक कर प्रकाश करते हुए उड़ता है। यह ग्रामीण भागों में सर्वत्र पाया जाता है। गाँवों में अकसर बच्चे जुगनू को मुट्ठी में पकड़ कर खेलते हैं। दूसरे बच्चे यह देख कर ताज्जुब करते हैं कि आग को मुट्ठी में पकड़ने पर भी उसका हाथ जला क्यों नहीं। पर प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों के प्रकाश में ऊष्मा नहीं होती। यह प्रकाश ठंडा होता है। इसलिए हाथ जलने का सवालही नहीं उठता।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव दो प्रकार से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते ई हैं। एक जीवाणुओं द्वारा और दूसरे रासायनिक, पदार्थों की पारस्परिक क्रिया द्वारा। जुगनू रासायनिक पदार्थों की पारस्परिक क्रिया द्वारा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करता है।

वह रात के अंधेरे में आकाश में उड़ते हुए रुक-रुक प्रकाश छोड़ता है। यह प्रकाश उसके शरीर के पिछले हिस्से में चमकता हुआ दिखाई देता है। जुगनू अपने छोटे-छोटे परों से उड़ता है। रात के अँधेरे में उड़ते हुए जुगनू के प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने के कई कारण है। दिन में जुगनू चिड़ियों आदि के खाए जाने के डर से झाड़ियों में छुपा रहता है। रात के समय उत्युक्त आकाश में उसे उड़ने का अवसर मिलता है।

उड़ते समय वह अपने साथी की प्रकाश के द्वारा खोज करता है। इस तरह के प्रकाश में उसका एक मकसद अपने शिकार करने की खोज करना भी होता है। लेकिन उसके शरीर से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने से वह अपने बड़े शत्रु कीट-पतंगे की नजर में आ जाता है और आसानी से वह उनका शिकार भी बन जाता है।

जुगनू के प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने के पीछे वैज्ञानिक कारण जो भी हों, उसे प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हुए उड़ते देखना सब को अच्छा लगता है।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव Summary in Hindi

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव लेखक का परिचय

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव लेखक का नाम :
डॉ. परशुराम शुक्ल। (जन्म 6 जून, 1947.)

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव प्रमुख कृतियाँ :
‘जासूस परमचंद के कारनामे’ (बाल धारावाहिक), ‘नन्हा जासूस’ (बाल कहानी संग्रह), ‘सुनहरी परी और राजकुमार’ (बाल उपन्यास), ‘नंदनवन’, ‘आओ बच्चो, गाओ बच्चो’, ‘मंगल ग्रह जाएँगे’ (बाल कविता संग्रह) आदि।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव विशेषता :
बाल साहित्य लेखन और पशु जगत का विश्लेषण करने में सिद्धहस्त। आपकी अनेक कृतियों का अंग्रेजी, उर्दू, पंजाबी, सिंधी आदि भाषाओं में अनुवाद। राष्ट्रीय स्तर के अनेक पुरस्कारों से सम्मानित।

विधा :
लेख। लेख लिखने की परंपरा बहुत पुरानी है। इसमें वस्तुनिष्ठता, ज्ञानपरकता तथा शोधपरकता जैसे तत्त्वों का समावेश होता है। लेख समाज विज्ञान, राजनीति, इतिहास जैसे विषयों का ज्ञानवर्धन करने के साथ-साथ जानकारी का नवीनीकरण भी करते हैं।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव विषय प्रवेश :
हम प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों में केवल जुगनू से ही परिचित हैं। लेकिन जुगनू के अतिरिक्त ऐसे अनेक जीव हैं, जो प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। प्रस्तुत पाठ में लेखक ने प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों के बारे में विस्तार से बताया है। लेखक कहना चाहते हैं कि हमें विज्ञान की दृष्टि से संसार को देखने की आवश्यकता है।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव पाठ का सार

विश्व के समस्त जीवों के लिए प्रकाश का बहुत महत्त्व है। मनुष्य ने अपने लिए प्रकाश की कई तरह की कृत्रिम व्यवस्था की. है। इसी तरह संसार में ऐसे अनेक जीव पाए जाते हैं जिनके शरीर पर प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले अंग होते हैं। मानव द्वारा तैयार किए गए प्रकाश में ऊष्मा होती है, पर जीवों द्वारा उत्पन्न प्रकाश में ऊष्मा नहीं होती। जीवों के प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने की क्रिया को ल्युमिनिसेंस (Luminiscence) कहते हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 18 प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव 1

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों में जुगनू (Firefly) प्रसिद्ध जीव है। यह कीट वर्ग का जीव है और पूरे वर्ष प्रकाश उत्पन्न करता है।

संसार में कवक (छत्रक) (Fungus) की कुछ जातियाँ रात में प्रकाश उत्पन्न करती हैं। इसी प्रकार मशरूम की कुछ जातियाँ भी रात में प्रकाश उत्पन्न करती हैं।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव थल की अपेक्षा खारे पानी यानी सागरों-महासागरों में अधिक पाए जाते हैं। ये सागर के गहरे पानी में पाए जाते है। इनमें जेलीफिश, स्क्विड, क्रिल तथा विभिन्न जाति के झींगे मुख्य हैं।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव दो प्रकार से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। एक जीवाणुओं द्वारा और दूसरे रासायनिक पदार्थों की पारस्परिक क्रिया द्वारा कुछ जीवों के शरीर पर ऐसे जीवाणु रहते हैं, जो प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। ये जीव प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवाणुओं से सहजीवी संबंध बना लेते हैं और आवश्यकता के अनुसार इनके प्रकाश का उपयोग करते हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 18 प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव 2

जीवाणुओं के प्रकाश का उपयोग करने वाले जीव इस प्रकाश का उपयोग दो तरह से करते हैं – एक शरीर के भाग को भीतर खींच कर और दूसरे प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले भाग को ढककर। इससे वे उस स्थान का प्रकाश समाप्त कर देते हैं।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले कुछ जीव रसायनों की सहायता से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। वे रसायन प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों के शरीर में रहते हैं तथा ल्यूसीफेरिन तथा ल्यूसीफेरैस नामक रसायनों की सहायता से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं।

अधिकांश जीव जीवाणुओं द्वारा अथवा रासायनिक क्रिया द्वारा प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। लेकिन कुछ जीव ऐसे होते हैं जिनके शरीर में विशेष प्रकार की ग्रंथि होती है, जिससे एक विशेष प्रकार का द्रव पदार्थ निकलता है। वह द्रव पदार्थ पानी के संपर्क में आते ही प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने लगता है।

समुद्र में पाए जाने वाले प्रकाश उत्पादक जीव पानी के बाहर प्रकाश उत्पन्न नहीं कर सकते हैं।

अध्ययनों से पता चला है कि जमीन और पानी के सभी जीव अपने अलग-अलग उद्देश्यों की पूर्ति के लिए अपने-अपने ढंग से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। ये उद्देश्य इस प्रकार होते हैं – साथी की खोज और संकेतों का आदान-प्रदान, शिकार की खोज और शिकार को आकर्षित करना, कामाफ्लास उत्पन्न करना तथा आत्मरक्षा करना।

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 18 प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव 3

गहरे समुद्रों में अनेक जीव शिकार की खोज के लिए अपने शरीर से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। एंगलर मछली उनमें से एक है। समुद्र में अनेक जीव, विशेषकर मछलियाँ शिकार करने अथवा सुरक्षा की दृष्टि से कामाफ्लास के लिए प्रकाश उत्पन्न करती हैं। इससे उन्हें शिकार करने और सुरक्षित रहने में सहायता मिलती है। समुद्र के कुछ अन्य जीव भी आत्मरक्षा के लिए अपने प्रकाश अंगों से तरल रसायन छोड़कर चमकीला प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों के बारे में वैज्ञानिक अध्ययन सन 1600 के आसपास शुरू हुआ था। वैज्ञानिक यह जानना चाहते थे कि कुछ जीव प्रकाश क्यों उत्पन्न करते हैं। सन 1794 तक जीव वैज्ञानिक यह समझते रहे कि समुद्री जीव फासफोरस की सहायता से प्रकाश उत्पन्न करते हैं। किंतु फासफोरस विषैला पदार्थ होता है यह जीवित कोशिका में नहीं रह सकता। इसलिए इस मत को मान्यता नहीं मिल सकी।

सन 1794 में इटली के वैज्ञानिक स्पैलेंजानी, सन 1887 में फ्रांसीसी वैज्ञानिक थिबाइस तथा सन 1894 में प्रोफेसर अलिरक डाहलगैट ने जीवों के प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने के बारे में विभिन्न मत व्यक्त किए। इससे प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले नए-नए जीवों के खोज के कार्य को प्रोत्साहन मिला।

सागर में प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले तरह-तरह के जीव पाए गए हैं, जो अपनी किस्म के निराले हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 18 प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव 4

धरती पर पाए जाने वाले प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीवों की संख्या बहुत है। इनमें ऑक्टोपस, एंगलर मछलियाँ, कटलफिश, कनखजूरा, कार्डिनल मछली, क्रिल, कोपपाड, क्लाम, जुगनू, जेलीफिश, टोड मछली, धनुर्धारी मछली, नलिका कृमि, पिडाक, वाम्बेडक मछली, ब्रिसलमाउथ, भंगुरतारा, मूंगा, लालटेल मछली, वाइपर मछली, शंबुक, शल्क कृमि, समुद्री कासनी, समुद्री स्लग, समुद्री स्क्विर्ट, स्क्विड तथा व्हेल मछली आदि प्रमुख हैं।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव शब्दार्थ

कृत्रिम	बनावटी।
आविष्कार	ईजाद।
संरचना	बनावट।
तंतु	तागा, रेशा।
ऊष्मा	गर्मी।
कवक	छत्रक, कुकुरमुत्ता।
थल	जमीन।
सहजीवी	साथ रहने वाला।
जीवाणु	क्षुद्रतम जीव।
नियंत्रित	नियंत्रण में रखा हुआ।
रसायन	पदार्थों का तत्त्वगत ज्ञान।
ग्रंथि	शरीर का वह विशेष अंग जो शारीरिक क्रियाओं को जारी रखने के लिए आवश्यक रासायनिक यौगिका का निर्माण करके उसे शरीर में भेजता है।
रासायनिक	रसायनशास्त्र या तत्त्व संबंधी।
अवयव	अंग।
प्रयोगशाला	वह स्थान जहाँ पदार्थ विज्ञान, रसायनशास्त्र आदि विषयक तथ्यों को समझने, जानने या नई बातों का पता लगाने की दृष्टि से विविध प्रयोग किए जाते हैं।
द्रव पदार्थ	तरल पदार्थ।
विश्लेषण	किसी चीज के अंगों को अलग करना।
कामाफ्लास	किसी जीव की वह स्थिति, जिसमें वह अपने परिवेश में घुल मिल जाता है।

प्रकाश उत्पन्न करने वाले जीव शोधपरक लेखन के मुद्दे

विषय का उल्लेख
शोध की आवश्यकता
शोध को लेकर विविध पुस्तकों का अध्ययन
शोध विषय के पुष्ट्यार्थ विविध संदर्भ पुस्तकों का वाचन
शोध कार्य की सूची
शोधविषय की सिद्धता
सिद्धता का कॉपी में अंकन
शोधकार्य की साहित्यिक उपयोगिता

Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Maharashtra Board

Class 12 Hindi Chapter 17 Blog Lekhan Question Answer Maharashtra Board

March 26, 2025March 25, 2025 by Bhagya

Std 12 Hindi Chapter 17 Blog Lekhan Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 17 ब्लॉग लेखन Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 17 ब्लॉग लेखन Questions And Answers

12th Hindi Guide Chapter 17 ब्लॉग लेखन Textbook Questions and Answers

कृति-स्वाध्याय एवं उत्तर

पाठ पर आधारित

प्रश्न 1.
ब्लॉग लेखन से तात्पर्य।
उत्तर :
ब्लॉग अपना विचार, अपना मत व्यक्त करने का एक डिजिटल माध्यम है। ब्लॉग के माध्यम से हम जो कुछ कहना चाहते हैं, उसके लिए किसी से अनुमति लेने की आवश्यकता नहीं होती। ब्लॉग लेखन में शब्द संख्या का बंधन नहीं होता। हम अपनी बात को जितना विस्तार देना चाहें, दे सकते हैं।

डिजिटल माध्यम हैं। ब्लॉग, वेबसाइट, पोर्टल आदि अखबार, पत्रिका या पुस्तक हाथ में लेकर पढ़ने के स्थान पर उसे कंप्यूटर, टैब या सेलफोन पर पढ़ना डिजिटल माध्यम कहलाता है। इसके कारण लेखक और पत्रकार भी ग्लोबल हो गए हैं। इस माध्यम के द्वारा पूरी दुनिया की कोई भी जानकारी क्षण भर में ही परदे पर उपलब्ध हो जाती है। नवीन वाचकों की संख्या मुद्रित माध्यम के वाचकों से बहुत अधिक है। इस वर्ग में युवा वर्ग अधिक संख्या में हैं।

जस्टीन हॉल ने सन 1994 में सबसे पहले इस शब्द का प्रयोग किया। जॉन बर्गर ने इसके लिए वेब्लॉग शब्द का प्रयोग किया था। माना जाता है कि 1999 में पीटर मेरहोल्स ब्लॉग शब्द को प्रस्थापित कर उसे व्यवहार में लाए। भारत मे 2002 के बाद ब्लॉग लेखन आरंभ हुआ और देखते-देखते यह माध्यम लोकप्रिय हो गया। साथ ही इसे अभिव्यक्ति के नए माध्यम के रूप में मान्यता भी प्राप्त हुई।

प्रश्न 2.
ब्लॉग प्रारंभ करने की प्रक्रिया।
उत्तर :
यह एक टेक्निकल अर्थात तकनीकी प्रक्रिया है। इसके लिए डोमेन अर्थात ब्लॉग के शीर्षक को रजिस्टर्ड कराना होता है। इसके बाद उसे किसी सर्वर से जोड़ना पड़ता है। उसमें अपनी विषय सामग्री समाविष्ट करके हम इस माध्यम का प्रयोग कर सकते हैं। भारत में 2002 के बाद ब्लॉग लेखन आरंभ हुआ और देखतेदेखते यह माध्यम लोकप्रिय हो गया। साथ ही इसे अभिव्यक्ति के नए माध्यम के रूप में मान्यता भी प्राप्त हुई।

विज्ञापन, फेसबुक, वॉट्सऐप, एस एम एस आदि द्वारा इसका प्रचार होता है। आकर्षक चित्रों, छायाचित्रों के साथ विषय सामग्री यदि रोचक हो तो पाठक ब्लॉग की प्रतीक्षा करता है और उसका नियमित पाठक बन जाता है। ब्लॉग लेखक के पास लोगों से संवाद स्थापित करने के लिए बहुत-से विषय होने चाहिए। विपुल पठन, चिंतन तथा भाषा का समुचित ज्ञान होना आवश्यक है। भाषा सहज और प्रवाहमयी हो तो पाठक उसे पढ़ना चाहेगा।

साथ ही लेखक के पास विषय से संबंधित संदर्भ, घटनाएँ और यादें हों तो ब्लॉग पठनीय होगा। जिस क्षेत्र या जिस विख्यात व्यक्ति के संदर्भ में आप लिख रहे हैं, उस व्यक्ति से आपका संबंध कैसे बना? किसी विशेष भेंट के दौरान उस व्यक्ति ने आपको कैसे प्रभावित किया? यदि वह व्यक्ति आपके निकटस्थ परिचितों में है तो उसकी सहृदयता, मानवता आदि से संबंधित कौन-सा पहलू आपकी स्मृति में रहा। ऐसे अनेक विषय शब्दांकित किए जा सकते हैं।

प्रश्न 3.
ब्लॉग लेखन में बरतनी जाने वाली सावधानियों पर प्रकाश डालिए।
उत्तर :

ब्लॉग लेखन के विषय का चुनाव करते समय सूझबूझ का होना आवश्यक है।

ब्लॉग लेखन में इस बात का ध्यान रखना पड़ता है कि उसमें मानक भाषा का प्रयोग हो। व्याकरणिक अशुद्धियाँ न हों।
ब्लॉग लेखन के लिए प्राप्त स्वतंत्रता का उचित उपयोग करना चाहिए। लेखन की स्वतंत्रता से हमें यह नहीं समझना चाहिए कि हम कुछ भी लिख सकते हैं।
ब्लॉग लेखन में सामाजिक स्वास्थ्य का विचार हो। वह समाज विघातक न हो। ब्लॉग लेखक को किसी की निंदा करना, किसी पर गलत टिप्पणी करना, समाज में तनाव की स्थिति उत्पन्न करना आदि बातों से दूर रहना चाहिए।
ब्लॉग लेखन में आक्रामकता से अर्थात गाली-गलौज अथवा अश्लील शब्दों के प्रयोग से बचना चाहिए। कोई भी पाठक ऐसी भाषा को पसंद नहीं करता। …
बिना सबूत के किसी पर आरोप लगाना गंभीर अपराध है।
पाठक ऐसे लेखकों की बात गंभीरता से नहीं पढ़ते। परिणामस्वरूप ब्लॉग की आयु अल्प हो जाती है।
ब्लॉग लेखन में सामाजिक संकेतों का पालन आवश्यक है।
ब्लॉग लेखन करते समय छोटी-छोटी बातों का ध्यान रखा जाए तो पाठक ही हमारे ब्लॉग के प्रचारक बन जाते हैं।

व्यावहारिक प्रयोग

प्रश्न 1.
अपने शहर की विशेषताओं पर ब्लॉग लेखन कीजिए।
उत्तर :
मैं महाराष्ट्र के नाशिक जिले में रहता हूँ। यह महाराष्ट्र का एक छोटा शहर है। यह नाशिक-पुणे राजमार्ग पर स्थित है। यह एक सुंदर व आदर्श शहर है। यहाँ की इमारतें भव्य और दर्शनीय हैं।

शहर की जनसंख्या :
यह एक घना बसा हुआ नगर है। इसमें लगभग एक लाख लोग रहते हैं। यह मुख्य रूप से हिंदू बहुल नगर है। हिंदुओं के अतिरिक्त इसमें मुस्लिम, सिख, ईसाई आदि अन्य धर्मों के लोग भी रहते हैं। हमारे नगर के लोग बहुत अच्छे हैं। वे सदैव एक-दूसरे की मदद करने को तत्पर रहते है। यहाँ के लोगों में बहुत एकता है। सभी लोग बहुत ईमानदार और परिश्रमी हैं।

शहर का मुख्य व्यवसाय :
यहाँ के लोगों का मुख्य व्यवसाय व्यापार है। यहाँ एक बड़ी शुगर मिल है। कुछ अन्य फैक्टरियाँ भी हैं, जो बोगियों के लिए धुरे और पहिये बनाती हैं। यहाँ तीन मंडियाँ हैं, जहाँ माल के क्रय-विक्रय के लिए आस-पास से बहुत-से लोग आते हैं।

विद्यालय, कॉलेज व चिकित्सालय :
हमारा शहर शिक्षा का एक केंद्र है। यहाँ दो स्नाकतोत्तर विद्यालय और चार उच्च माध्यमिक कॉलेज हैं। हमारे जिले का एकमात्र राजकीय गर्ल्स उच्च माध्यमिक कॉलेज हमारे शहर में ही है। आस-पास के गाँवों से बहुत-से लड़केलड़कियाँ यहाँ शिक्षा प्राप्त करने आते हैं। हमारे शहर में अनेक चिकित्सालय हैं और सरकारी डिस्पेंसरी भी है।

अन्य आकर्षण :
मेरे शहर के निकट शरद पूर्णिमा को नदी के किनारे प्रत्येक वर्ष मेला लगता है। नदी के निकट एक बहुत विशाल परिसर में शिव, दुर्गा, राम, कृष्ण तथा हनुमान जी के मंदिर हैं। इस मेले में बहुत भीड़ होती है। आस-पास के गाँवों के सैंकड़ों दुकानदार कई दिन पहले से ही मेले में अपनी दुकानें सजाने लगते हैं। लोग दूर-दूर से इस मेले को देखने आते हैं। लोगों की इतनी भीड़ होती है कि तिल रखने की जगह नहीं होती। मुझे अपने शहर से बहुत प्यार है। मैं अपना संपूर्ण जीवन इसी शहर में व्यतीत करना चाहता हूँ। मुझे नहीं लगता कि किसी अन्य शहर में मैं इतनी सुख और शांति से जीवन बिता सकूँगा।

प्रश्न 2.
ग्रामीण समस्याओं पर ब्लॉग लेखन कीजिए।
उत्तर :
भारत की 70 प्रतिशत आबादी आज भी गाँवों में रहती है। अतः ग्रामीण क्षेत्रों की हालत ही हमारे देश का वास्तविक प्रतिबिम्ब है। भारतवर्ष उस गति से तरक्की नहीं कर पा रहा, जिस गति से उसे करनी चाहिए।

भारत के गाँवों में विभिन्न समस्याए :
गरीबी : 130 करोड़ लोगों के देश में लगभग 40 करोड़ लोग आज भी गरीबी रेखा के नीचे रह रहे हैं। और यह आबादी अधिकांश रूप से गाँवों में ही हैं। छोटे किसान हमेशा कर्ज से लदे रहते हैं। वे बड़े किसानों पर निर्भर रहते है। अंततः बड़ जमींदार छोटे किसानों की जमीनें हड़प लेते हैं। आबादी में वृद्धि के कारण जमीनों का बँटवारा होता जा रहा है। अतः जमीन-जायदाद के टुकड़े हो जाते हैं। छोटे टुकड़े फलदायी नहीं रहते और उनके मालिक कृषि करके घाटा उठाते हैं। जिसके कारण हालात दिनोंदिन बदतर होते जा रहे हैं।

बेरोजगारी :
ग्रामीण इलाकों में रोजगार का अभाव होने से युवाओं को चिंता में देखा जा सकता है। खेतों में अन्न और सब्जियाँ उगाने का एक निश्चित चक्र है। बीज बोकर, सिंचाई करके फसलों को उगने के लिए छोड़ दिया जाता है। ऐसे समय पर न तो किसान के पास कोई काम होता है, न ही वह अपनी फसलों को छोड़कर कहीं और काम करने जा सकता है। अतः आंशिक बेरोजगारी कृषक जीवन का अभिन्न अंग बन गई है।

सूखा और बाढ़ :
जो लोग गाँवों में रहकर खून पसीना एक करते हैं, उन पर प्राकृतिक आपदाएँ कहर ढाया करती हैं। बाढ़, सूखा, तूफानी हवाएँ ऐसी अनेक परेशानियाँ हैं, जिन पर मनुष्य का कोई वश नहीं है। कभी सूखे के कारण फसलें नष्ट हो जाती हैं। ग्रामीण भारत में इन समस्याओं के कारण परेशानी बढ़ रही हैं।

शिक्षा का अभाव :
गाँवों में शिक्षा का नितांत अभाव है। गाँव के लोग आज भी शिक्षा को जरूरी नहीं समझते। स्त्री-पुरुष सभी अशिक्षित रह जाते हैं। परिणामस्वरूप वे गरीबी के कुचक्र को नहीं तोड़ पाते, क्योंकि वे शिक्षा के माध्यम से आगे बढ़ने के सभी अवसर खो देते हैं। अपने बच्चों को भी समुचित शिक्षा नहीं दिला पाते। शिक्षा के अभाव में ग्रामीण लोग मानसिक रूप से विकसित नहीं हो पाते।

स्वास्थ्य सुविधाएँ :
ग्रामीण क्षेत्रों में स्वास्थ्य संबंधी सुविधाओं की भी कमी है। कोई भी डॉक्टर ग्रामीण इलाकों में नहीं रहना चाहता। प्राइमरी हैल्थ सेंटर्स में दी जाने वाली दवाइयाँ और डॉक्टरी परामर्श आज भी मध्ययुग जैसी हैं। ग्रामीण अपनी चिकित्सा पर अधिक खर्च नहीं कर सकते। यही कारण है कि गाँवों में झोलाछाप डॉक्टरों और दाइयों का धंधा खूब पनपता है।

ब्लॉग निर्माण की प्रक्रिया
ब्लॉग तैयार करने के लिए google में Gmail account होना आवश्यक है।

Internet Explorer में www.blogger.com खोलिए/में जाइए।
CREATYOUR BLOG पर क्लिक कीजिए।
अपने Gmail : googlaccount पासवर्ड से लॉग इन कीजिए।
नये पेज पर titl(शीर्षक) दीजिए और अपना blogger address तैयार कीजिए।
उदा. vidya1234.blogspot.com थीम (theme) का चयन कीजिए I CREATBLOG पर क्लिक कीजिए आपका ब्लॉग तैयार होगा।

ब्लॉग लेखन : आवश्यक सावधानियाँ

ब्लॉग लेखन के विषय का चुनाव करते समय सूझ-बूझ का होना आवश्यक है।
ब्लॉग लेखन में सामाजिक संकेतों का पालन आवश्यक है।
ब्लॉग लेखन में सामाजिक स्वास्थ्य का विचार हो वह समाज विघातक न हो।
ब्लॉग लेखन के लिए प्राप्त स्वतंत्रता का उचित उपयोग करना चाहिए।

ब्लॉग लेखन Summary in Hindi

ब्लॉग लेखक का परिचय

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 17 ब्लॉग लेखन 1
ब्लॉग लेखन का नाम :
प्रवीण बर्दापूरकर। (जन्म : 3 सितम्बर, 1955.)

ब्लॉग लेखन प्रमुख कृतियाँ :
‘डायरी’, ‘नोंदी डायरीनंतरच्या’, ‘दिवस असे की’, ‘आई’, ‘ग्रेस नावांच गारूड’ आदि।

ब्लॉग लेखन विशेषता :
प्रवीण बर्दापूरकर राजनीतिक, सामाजिक, आर्थिक तथा सांस्कृतिक क्षेत्रों का गहराई से अध्ययन करने वाले तथा उन्हें समझने वाले निर्भीक पत्रकार के रूप में सुपरिचित हैं। आपने पत्रकारिता के क्षेत्र में ब्लॉग लेखन को बहुत ही लोकप्रिय बनाया है।

प्रवीण जी ने ब्लॉग द्वारा बदलते सामाजिक विषयों को परिभाषित करते हुए जनमानस की विचारधारा को नयी दिशा प्रदान की है। सीधी-सादी, रोचक और संप्रेषणीय मराठी और हिंदी भाषा में लिखे गए ब्लॉग आपके धर्मनिरपेक्ष दृष्टिकोण की पुष्टि करते हैं।

ब्लॉग लेखन विषय प्रवेश :
आधुनिक समय में पत्रकारिता के क्षेत्र में ब्लॉग लेखन का प्रचलन लोकप्रिय बनता जा रहा है। प्रस्तुत पाठ में लेखक ने ब्लॉग लिखने के नियम, ब्लॉग का स्वरूप और उसके वैज्ञानिक पक्ष की चर्चा करते हुए उसके महत्त्व को स्पष्ट किया है। ब्लॉग लेखन जहाँ एक ओर सामाजिक जागरण का माध्यम बन चुका है, वहीं पत्रकारिता के जीवित तत्त्व के रूप में भी स्वीकृत हुआ है तथा बड़ा ही लोकप्रिय माध्यम बन चुका है।

ब्लॉग लेखन पाठ का सार

ब्लॉग लेखन से तात्पर्य :
ब्लॉग अपना विचार, अपना मत व्यक्त करने का एक डिजिटल माध्यम है। ब्लॉग के माध्यम से हम जो कुछ कहना चाहते हैं, उसके लिए किसी से अनुमति लेने की आवश्यकता नहीं होती। ब्लॉग लेखन में शब्द संख्या का बंधन नहीं होता। हम अपनी बात को जितना विस्तार देना चाहें, दे सकते हैं।

ब्लॉग, वेबसाइट, पोर्टल आदि डिजिटल माध्यम हैं। अखबार, पत्रिका या पुस्तक हाथ में लेकर पढ़ने के स्थान पर उसे कंप्यूटर, टैब या सेलफोन पर पढ़ना डिजिटल माध्यम कहलाता है। इस प्रकार का वाचन करने वाली

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 17 ब्लॉग लेखन 2

पीढ़ी का निर्माण इंटरनेट के महजाल के कारण हुआ है। इसके कारण लेखक और पत्रकार भी ग्लोबल हो गए हैं। नवीन वाचकों की संख्या मुद्रित माध्यम के वाचकों से बहुत अधिक है। इस वर्ग में युवा वर्ग अधिक संख्या में है। इस माध्यम के द्वारा पूरी दुनिया की कोई भी जानकारी क्षण भर में ही परदे पर उपलब्ध हो जाती है।

ब्लॉग की खोज :
ब्लॉग की खोज के संबंध में निश्चित रूप से कोई डॉक्युमेंटेशन उपलब्ध नहीं है, पर जो जानकारी उपलब्ध है, उसके अनुसार जस्टीन है हॉल ने सन 1994 में सबसे पहले इस शब्द का प्रयोग किया। जॉन बर्गर ने इसके लिए वेब्लॉग शब्द का प्रयोग किया था। माना जाता है कि 1999 में पीटर मेरहोल्स ब्लॉग शब्द को प्रस्थापित कर उसे व्यवहार में लाए। भारत मे 2002 के बाद ब्लॉग लेखन आरंभ हुआ और देखते-देखते यह माध्यम लोकप्रिय हो गया।

साथ ही इसे अभिव्यक्ति के नए माध्यम के रूप में मान्यता भी प्राप्त हुई।

ब्लॉग लेखन शुरू करने की प्रक्रिया :
यह एक टेक्निकल अर्थात तकनीकी प्रक्रिया है। इसके लिए है डोमेन अर्थात ब्लॉग के शीर्षक को रजिस्टर्ड कराना होता है। इसके बाद उसे किसी सर्वर से जोड़ना पड़ता है। उसमें अपनी विषय सामग्री समाविष्ट करके हम इस माध्यम का प्रयोग कर सकते हैं। इस संदर्भ में विस्तृत जानकारी ‘गूगल’ पर उपलब्ध है। कुछ विशेषज्ञ इस संदर्भ में सशुल्क सेवाएँ देते हैं।

ब्लॉग लेखक के लिए आवश्यक गुण :
ब्लॉग लेखक के पास लोगों से संवाद स्थापित करने के लिए बहुत-से विषय होने चाहिए। विपुल पठन, चिंतन तथा भाषा का समुचित ज्ञान होना आवश्यक है। भाषा सहज और प्रवाहमयी हो तो पाठक उसे पढ़ना चाहेगा। साथ ही लेखक के पास विषय से संबंधित संदर्भ, घटनाएँ और यादें हों तो ब्लॉग पठनीय होगा। जिस क्षेत्र या जिस विख्यात व्यक्ति के संदर्भ में आप लिख रहे हैं, उस व्यक्ति से आपका संबंध कैसे बना?

किसी विशेष भेंट के दौरान उस व्यक्ति ने आपको कैसे प्रभावित किया? यदि वह व्यक्ति आपके निकटस्थ परिचितों में है तो उसकी सहृदयता, मानवता आदि से संबंधित कौन-सा पहलू आपकी स्मृति में रहा। ऐसे अनेक विषय शब्दांकित किए जा सकते हैं।

ब्लॉग लेखन में विषय में आशय की गहराई आवश्यक है। प्रवाहमयी कथन शैली, सीधी-सादी और सहज भाषा का प्रयोग किया जाए, तो पाठक विषय सामग्री से शीघ्र ही एकरूप हो जाता है। ब्लॉग लेखन में क्लिष्ट शब्दों के प्रयोग से बचना चाहिए। उचित विशेषणों का प्रयोग भाषा को सुंदरता प्रदान करता हैं और पाठक इसकी ओर आकर्षित होता है। भाषा केवल शब्दों का समूह ही नहीं होता, बल्कि प्रत्येक शब्द का एक विशिष्ट अर्थ होता है।

सहज-सरल होने के साथ-साथ भाषा का बाँकपन ब्लॉग लेखन की गरिमा को बढ़ाता है। किसी भी शैली का विकास एक दिन में नहीं हो जाता। सतत लेखन के द्वारा ही यह संभव है। जिस प्रकार एक गायक प्रतिदिन रियाज करके राग और बंदिश में निपुण हो पाता है, उसी प्रकार निरंतर लेखन से लेखक की एक शैली विकसित होती है और पाठक को प्रभावित करती है।

ब्लॉग लेखन में आवश्यक सावधानियाँ :
ब्लॉग लेखन में इस बात का ध्यान रखना पड़ता है कि उसमें मानक भाषा का प्रयोग हो। व्याकरणिक अशुद्धियाँ न हों। ब्लॉग लेखन के लिए प्राप्त स्वतंत्रता का उचित उपयोग करना चाहिए। लेखन की स्वतंत्रता से हमें यह नहीं समझना चाहिए कि हम कुछ भी लिख सकते हैं।

आक्रामकता का अर्थ गाली-गलौज अथवा अश्लील शब्दों का प्रयोग करना नहीं है। पाठक ऐसी भाषा को पसंद नहीं करते। ब्लॉग लेखक को किसी की निंदा करना, किसी पर गलत टिप्पणी करना, समाज में तनाव की स्थिति उत्पन्न करना है आदि बातों से दूर रहना चाहिए। बिना सबूत के किसी पर आरोप लगाना एक गंभीर अपराध है। पाठक ऐसे लेखकों की बात गंभीरता से नहीं पढ़ते। परिणामस्वरूप ब्लॉग की आयु अल्प हो जाती है।

ब्लॉग लेखन करते समय छोटी-छोटी बातों का ध्यान रखा जाए तो पाठक ही हमारे ब्लॉग के प्रचारक बन जाते हैं। एक पाठक दूसरे से और दूसरा तीसरे से सिफारिश करता है और पाठकों की श्रृंखला बढ़ती चली जाती है।

ब्लॉग लेखन का प्रसार :
ब्लॉग लेखक अपने ब्लॉग का प्रचार-प्रसार स्वयं कर सकता है। विज्ञापन, फेसबुक, वॉट्सऐप, एस एम एस आदि द्वारा इसका प्रचार होता है। आकर्षक चित्रों, छायाचित्रों के साथ विषय सामग्री यदि रोचक हो तो पाठक ब्लॉग की प्रतीक्षा करता है और उसका नियमित पाठक बन जाता है।

ब्लॉग लेखन से आर्थिक लाभ : ब्लॉग लेखन से आर्थिक लाभ भी होता है। विशेष रूप से हिंदी और अंग्रेजी ब्लॉग लेखन का पाठक वर्ग व्यापक होने के कारण इससे अच्छी आय होती हैं। विद्यार्थी अपने अनुभव तथा विचार ब्लॉग लेखन द्वारा साझे कर सकते हैं।

प्रत्येक विद्यार्थी अपनी जीवन शैली, अपना संघर्ष, अपनी सफलताएँ विभिन्न रूपों में अभिव्यक्त कर सकता है। राजनीतिक विषयों के लिए अच्छा प्रतिसाद मिल सकता है। शिक्षा विषयक ब्लॉग पढ़ने वाला पाठक वर्ग बहुत बड़ा है। यात्रा वर्णन, आत्मकथात्मक तथा विश्व से जुड़े जीवन की प्रेरणा देने वाले विषय भी बड़े चाव से पढ़े जाते हैं।

ब्लॉग लेखन शब्दार्थ

वाचक	पाठक।
मुद्रित	छपा हुआ।
उपलब्ध	प्राप्त।
प्रस्थापित	स्थापित किया हुआ।
अभिव्यक्ति	घोषणा।
मान्यता	स्वीकृति।
समाविष्ट	जिसका समावेश किया गया हो।
संदर्भ	विषय।
संवाद	बातचीत।
चिंतन	मनन करना।
समुचित	उचित।
प्रवाहमयी	गतिशील।
विख्यात	प्रसिद्ध।
निकटस्थ	समीप का।
सहृदय	दयालु।
शब्दांकित	शब्दों द्वारा अंकित किया हुआ।
आशय	अभिप्राय।
मापदंड	वह कारक, जिसके द्वारा कोई निर्णय लेता है।
क्लिष्ट	कठिन।
सटीक	उचित।
सौष्ठव	सुंदरता।
बाँकपन	सजावट।
सतत	निरंतर।
रियाज	अभ्यास।
बंदिश	रचना।
तात्पर्य	अर्थ।
आक्रामकता	प्रचंडता।
अश्लील	लज्जाजनक।
टिप्पणी	आलोचना।
अल्प	छोटी।
सिफारिश	किसी के गुणों का दूसरों के सामने बखान करना।
श्रृंखला	कड़ी।
प्रचार-प्रसार	फैलाव।
रोचक	रुचि उत्पन्न करने वाला।
प्रतिसाद	किसी कार्य के लिए मिलने वाली सकारात्मक प्रतिक्रिया।
आत्मकथात्मक	आपबीती भरा।

Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Maharashtra Board

Class 12 Hindi Chapter 16 Main Udghoshak Question Answer Maharashtra Board

March 26, 2025March 25, 2025 by Bhagya

Std 12 Hindi Chapter 16 Main Udghoshak Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 16 मैं उद्घोषक Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 16 मैं उद्घोषक Questions And Answers

12th Hindi Guide Chapter 16 मैं उद्घोषक Textbook Questions and Answers

कृति-स्वाध्याय एवं उत्तर

पाठ पर आधारित

प्रश्न 1.
‘सूत्र संचालक के कारण कार्यक्रम में चार चाँद लगते हैं’, इसे स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर :
आज के जमाने में सूत्र संचालक का महत्त्व बहुत बढ़ गया है। कार्यक्रम छोटा हो या बड़ा, सूत्र संचालक अपनी प्रतिभा से उसमें चार चाँद लगा देता है। वह अपनी भाषा, आवाज में उतारचढ़ाव, अपनी हाजिरजवाबी, श्रोताओं से चुटीले संवादों, संचालन के बीच-बीच में सरसता लाने के लिए चुटकुलों, रोचक घटनाओं के प्रयोग, मंच पर उपस्थित महानुभावों के प्रति अपने सम्मान सूचक शब्दों के प्रयोग, कार्यक्रमों के अनुसार भाषा-शैली में परिवर्तन करने तथा अपनी गलती पर माफी माँग लेने आदि गुणों के कारण सूत्र संचालन में तो चार चाँद लगा ही देता हैं, उपस्थित जन-समुदाय की प्रशंसा का पात्र भी बन जाता हैं। सूत्र संचालक अपने मिलनसार व्यक्तित्व, अपने विविध विषयों के ज्ञान, कार्यक्रम के सुचारुसंचालन, अपनी अध्ययनशीलता, अपनी प्रभावशाली और मधुर आवाज के संतुलित प्रयोग आदि के बल पर कार्यक्रम में जान डाल देता है। सधे हुए सूत्र संचालक की प्रतिभा का लाभ कार्यक्रमों और उनके आयोजकों को मिलता है। इस तरह सधे हुए सूत्र संचालक के कारण कार्यक्रम में चार चाँद लग जाते हैं।

प्रश्न 2.
उत्तम मंच संचालक बनने के लिए आवश्यक गुण विस्तार से लिखिए।
उत्तर :
मंच संचालन एक कला है। अच्छा मंच संचालक कार्यक्रम में जान डाल देता है। मंच संचालक श्रोता और वक्ता को जोड़ने वाली कड़ी होता है। वही सभा की शुरूआत करता है। उत्तम मंच संचालक बनने के लिए संचालक को अच्छी तैयारी करनी पड़ती है। जिस तरह का कार्यक्रम हो, उसी तरह की तैयारी भी होनी चाहिए। उसी के अनुरूप कार्यक्रम की संहिता लेखन करनी चाहिए। मंच संचालक के लिए प्रोटोकॉल का ज्ञान, प्रभावशाली व्यक्तित्व, हँसमुख, हाजिरजवाबी तथा विविध विषयों का ज्ञान होना चाहिए। इसके अतिरिक्त भाषा पर उसका प्रभुत्व होना आवश्यक है।

मंच संचालक को किसी कार्यक्रम में ऐन मौके पर परिवर्तन होने पर संहिता में परिवर्तन कर संचालन करते हुए कार्यक्रम को सफल बनाना पड़ता है। यह क्षमता उसमें होनी चाहिए। अच्छे मंच संचालक को हर प्रकार के साहित्य का अध्ययन करना आवश्यक है। मंच संचालक को इस बात का ध्यान रखना चाहिए कि कार्यक्रम कोई भी हो, मंच की गरिमा बनी रहनी चाहिए। सबसे पहले मंच संचालक श्रोताओं के सामने आता है।

इसलिए उसका परिधान, वेशभूषा आदि सहज और गरिमामय होनी चाहिए। मंच संचालक के अंदर आत्मविश्वास, सतर्कता, सहजता के साथ श्रोताओं का उत्साह बढ़ाने का गुण होना आवश्यक है। इसके अलावा मंच संचालक में समयानुकूल छोटेछोटे चुटकुलों तथा रोचक घटनाओं से श्रोताओं को बाँधे रखने की शक्ति भी जरूरी है। अच्छे मंच संचालक को भाषा का पर्याप्त ज्ञान होना आवश्यक है।

भाषा की शुद्धता, शब्दों का चयन, शब्दों का उचित प्रयोग तथा किसी प्रख्यात साहित्यकार के कथन का उल्लेख कार्यक्रम को प्रभावशाली एवं हृदयस्पर्शी बना देता है। यही उत्तम मंच संचालक की थाती होती है। उत्तम मंच संचालक बनने वाले व्यक्ति को उपर्युक्त गुणों को आत्मसात करना आवश्यक है।

प्रश्न 3.
सूत्र संचालन के विविध प्रकारों पर प्रकाश डालिए।
उत्तर :
आजकल संगीत संध्या तथा जन्मदिन की पार्टी का भी संचालन जरूरी हो गया है। सूत्र संचालक, मंच और श्रोताओं के बीच सेतु का कार्य करता है। कार्यक्रमों अथवा समारोहों में निखार लाने का कार्य सूत्र संचालक ही करता है। इसलिए सूत्र संचालक का बहुत महत्त्व होता है। सूत्र संचालन कई प्रकार के होते हैं। इसके मुख्यतः निम्न प्रकार होते हैं।

शासकीय कार्यक्रम का सूत्र संचालन, दूरदर्शन हेतु सूत्र संचालन, रेडियो हेतु सूत्र संचालन, राजनीतिक, सामाजिक तथा सांस्कृतिक कार्यक्रमों का सूत्र संचालन। अलगअलग कार्यक्रमों का संचालन करने के लिए सूत्र संचालक को अलग-अलग प्रकार की सावधानियाँ बरतनी पड़ती हैं।

शासकीय एवं राजनीतिक समारोहों के सूत्र संचालन में प्रोटोकॉल का बहुत ध्यान रखना पड़ता है। इसके लिए पदों के अनुसार नामों की सूची बनानी पड़ती है। दूरदर्शन तथा रेडियो कार्यक्रमों का सूत्र संचालन करने के पहले उन पर प्रसारित किए जाने वाले कार्यक्रमों की संपूर्ण जानकारी प्राप्त करनी जरूरी है। कार्यक्रम की संहिता लिखकर तैयारी करनी होती हैं। सामाजिक तथा सांस्कृतिक कार्यक्रमों के सूत्र संचालन का कार्य हल्के-फुल्के ढंग का होता है। इनके लिए अलग संहिता लेखन की तैयारी करनी पड़ती है।

व्यावहारिक प्रयोग।

प्रश्न 1.
अपने कनिष्ठ महाविद्यालय में मनाए जाने वाले ‘हिंदी दिवस समारोह’ का सूत्र संचालन कीजिए।
उत्तर :
सूत्र संचालक : दोस्तो! हिंदी दिवस के उपलक्ष्य में आज महात्मा गांधी स्मारक इंटर कालेज, नाशिक में आयोजित इस समारोह में आपका हार्दिक स्वागत है। इस अवसर पर मुझे अपनी भाषा हिंदी से संबंधित कुछ पंक्तियाँ याद आती हैं –

जो थी तुलसी, चंद्र, सूर, भूषण को प्यारी।
थे रहीम, रसखान आदि जिस पर बलिहारी।
छवि ने जिसको लुभा लिया, जिसकी मनहारी।
सचमुच भाषा सकल राष्ट्र की वही हमारी।।

तो दोस्तो! हिंदी दिवस के इस अवसर पर अब बारहवीं कक्षा की छात्राओं द्वारा तैयार किया गया यह सुंदर नृत्य गीत प्रस्तुत है। आपके सामने यह नृत्य गीत प्रस्तुत कर रही हैं – ऋचा, ऋधि, मधुरिमा, रोहा और अन्विता!

(कक्षा बारहवीं की लड़कियाँ –
जय माँ भारती जय, जय।
जय माँ भारती जय, जय।।
गीत गाते हुए नृत्य करती हैं।)
(तालियों की गड़गड़ाहट होती है।)

सूत्र संचालक : दोस्तो! तालियों की गड़गड़ाहट ही बता रही है कि यह नृत्य-गीत आप सबको कैसा लगा।

दोस्तो! अब हम आरंभ कर रहे हैं आज का मुख्य समारोह, यानी हिंदी दिवस का रंगारंग कार्यक्रम। मंच पर उपस्थित हैं हमारे कालेज के प्रिंसिपल श्री राजेंद्र पेंडसे जी, आज के प्रमुख अतिथि स्थानीय राणाप्रताप. कालेज के हिंदी विभाग के अध्यक्ष श्री लोकनाथ सिन्हाजी तथा कालेज के अन्य अध्यापकगण।

सूत्र संचालक : अब हम महात्मा गांधी स्मारक इंटर कालेज के हिंदी विभाग के प्रभारी श्री श्रीपत मिश्र जी से प्रार्थना करते है कि आप हमारे प्रमुख अतिथि श्री लोकनाथ सिन्हाजी को पुष्पगुच्छ देकर उनका स्वागत करें। श्री श्रीपत जी मिश्र…

(श्रीपत मिश्र प्रमुख अतिथि का पुष्पगुच्छ देकर स्वागत करते है। तालियों की गड़गड़ाहट होती है।)

दोस्तो! अब हम अपने महात्मा गांधी स्मारक इंटर कालेज के प्रिंसिपल श्री राजेंद्र पेंडसे जी की ओर से प्रमुख अतिथि श्री लोकनाथ सिन्हा जी से प्रार्थना करते हैं कि वे माँ सरस्वती के समक्ष दीप प्रज्ज्वलित कर उन्हें माल्यार्पण करें। श्रीमान लोकनाथ सिन्हा जी!

(लोकनाथ सिन्हा जी माँ सरस्वती के समक्ष रखे दीपदान के दीप प्रज्ज्वलित करते हैं। वे सरस्वती की मूर्ति को माला पहनाते हैं। तालियों की गड़गड़ाहट होती है।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब कालेज की ग्यारहवीं कक्षा की छात्राएँ – सुनीता संघवी और जाह्नवी पांडेय देवी सरस्वती का वंदना गीत प्रस्तुत करेंगी…

(सुनीता और जाह्नवी माँ सरस्वती का वंदना गीत गाती हैं)
या कुन्देन्दुतुषार हार धवला, या शुभ्रवस्त्रावृता।
या वीणावरदण्डमण्डितकरा। या श्वेतपद्मासना।
या ब्रह्माच्युत शंकरप्रभृतिभिर्देवैः सदा वंदिता।
सा मां पातु सरस्वती भगवती निःशेषजाड्यापहा।।
(सरस्वती वंदना समाप्त होती है।) (तालियों की गड़गड़ाहट होती है।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब कालेज के प्रिंसिपल श्री राजेंद्र पेंडसे जी । हमारे प्रमुख अतिथि श्री लोकनाथ सिन्हा जी का परिचय देंगे और कालेज की विभिन्न गतिविधियों से आप लोगों को परिचित कराएँगे। श्री राजेंद्र पेंडसे जी…

(श्री राजेंद्र पेंडसे प्रमुख अतिथि को समारोह का अतिथि पद स्वीकार करने के लिए बधाई देते हैं और संक्षेप में उनका परिचय देते हैं।)
(वे कालेज की गतिविधियों के बारे में बताते हैं।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब मैं प्रिंसिपल साहब राजेंद्र पेंडसेजी की ओर से प्रमुख अतिथि लोकनाथ सिन्हा जी से प्रार्थना करूँगा कि वे हिंदी वाद-विवाद प्रतियोगिता, हिंदी अंत्याक्षरी प्रतियोगिता तथा परीक्षाओं .. में प्रथम तथा द्वितीय स्थान पाने वाले विद्यार्थियों को अपने कर कमलों से पुरस्कार प्रदान करने की कृपा करें।

सूत्र संचालक : हिंदी वाद-विवाद प्रतियोगिता में प्रथम पुरस्कार विजेता जनार्दन शर्मा मंच पर आ जाएँ।

(प्रमुख अतिथि के हाथों जनार्दन शर्मा पुरस्कार लेते हैं। तालियाँ बजती हैं।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब वाद-विवाद प्रतियोगिता में द्वितीय पुरस्कार पाने वाले जयंत साठे मंच पर आ जाएँ।

(जयंत साठे पुरस्कार लेते हैं। तालियाँ बजती हैं।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब हिंदी अंत्याक्षरी प्रतियोगिता में प्रथम स्थान पाने वाली स्नेहा पाण्डेय मंच पर आकर अपना पुरस्कार ग्रहण करें। स्नेहा पाण्डेय।
(स्नेहा पाण्डेय प्रमुख अतिथि से पुरस्कार ग्रहण करती है। तालियाँ बजती हैं।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब मैं परीक्षाओं में प्रथम तथा द्वितीय स्थान पाने वाले विद्यार्थियों से आग्रह करता हूँ कि वे मंच पर आकर अपने-अपने पुरस्कार ग्रहण करें। मैं पुरस्कार विजेताओं को उनके नाम से बुलाऊँगा। सभी विजेता बारी-बारी से मंच पर आकर अपनाअपना पुरस्कार प्राप्त करें।

कक्षा नौवीं : प्रथम पुरस्कार – राकेश शिंदे।
द्वितीय पुरस्कार – स्मिता सिंह।

कक्षा दसवीं : प्रथम पुरस्कार – ओंकार शर्मा।
द्वितीय पुरस्कार – रोहिणी दवे।

कक्षा ग्यारहवीं : प्रथम पुरस्कार – जतिन सेवक।
द्वितीय पुरस्कार – सचिन मेहरा।

(विजेता छात्र बारी-बारी से प्रमुख अतिथि से अपने-अपने पुरस्कार प्राप्त करते हैं। तालियाँ बजती हैं।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब कालेज के विज्ञान विभाग के प्रभारी श्री पवन राव ‘हिंदी भाषा की विशेषता’ के बारे में अपने विचार आपके सामने रखेंगे।

(पवन राव हिंदी भाषा के बारे में अपने विचार व्यक्त करते हैं। तालियाँ बजती हैं।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब हमारे कालेज के वाणिज्य विभाग के प्रभारी श्री अशोक शास्त्री जी ‘हिंदी में संभावनाएँ’ विषय पर अपने विचार प्रस्तुत करेंगे। आप लोग ध्यान से सुनिए।

(श्री अशोक शास्त्री अपने विचार व्यक्त करते हैं। तालियाँ बजती हैं।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब हमारे कालेज के हिंदी विभाग के प्रभारी श्रीपत मिश्र जी आपके समक्ष हिंदी भाषा में रोजगार की संभावनाओं के बारे में आपको बताएँगे। श्री श्रीपत मिश्र जी।

(श्री श्रीपत मिश्र अपना भाषण समाप्त करते हैं। तालियाँ बजती हैं।)

सूत्र संचालक : अब यहाँ उपस्थित सभी लोग उत्सुकतापूर्वक प्रतीक्षा कर रहे होंगे कि हमारे प्रमुख अतिथि राणाप्रताप कालेज के हिंदी विभाग के अध्यक्ष श्री लोकनाथ सिन्हा जी हिंदी भाषा के बारे में अपने विचारों से हमें अवगत कराएँ। अब वे आपके समक्ष हैं।

(श्री लोकनाथ सिन्हा अपने विचार बताते हैं। तालियाँ बचती हैं।)

सूत्र संचालक : दोस्तो! आज हमारी हिंदी भाषा के बारे में आप लोगों को काफी उपयोगी जानकारियाँ प्राप्त हुईं। और अब समय आ गया है कार्यक्रम की समाप्ति का।

अब कालेज के वाइस प्रिंसिपल श्री रंगनाथ दाते जी आज के हमारे प्रमुख अतिथि, अध्यापकों, विद्यार्थियों तथा उपस्थित जनसमुदाय के प्रति आभार व्यक्त करेंगे।

(वाइस प्रिंसिपल श्री रंगनाथ दाते जी आभार व्यक्त करते हैं।) (अंत में दोपहर 12.00 बजे राष्ट्रगान के साथ समारोह समाप्त हुआ।)

प्रश्न 2.
शहर के प्रसिद्ध संगीत महोत्सव का मंच संचालन कीजिए।
उत्तर :
मंच संचालक : भाइयो और बहनो! आज हमारे शहर कोल्हापुर में आयोजित प्रसिद्ध संगीत महोत्सव में आप सबका स्वागत है। और स्वागत है इस महत्त्वपूर्ण संगीत महोत्सव में अपने मधुर गीत-संगीत से श्रोताओं को सराबोर करने के लिए पधारे हुए संगीतकारों, गायक-गायिकाओं तथा उपस्थित जन-समुदाय का।।

मंच संचालक : …तो दोस्तो! प्रतीक्षा की घड़ियाँ समाप्त हुईं। अब आपके समक्ष मंच पर विराजमान हैं अपने साज-ओ-सामान के साथ शहर के प्रसिद्ध तबलावादक पंडित राधेश्यामजी। पंडित जी अपने तबलावादन के लिए पूरे जिले में विख्यात हैं। उनका साथ दे रही हैं शास्त्रीय गायिका शारदादेवी जी। पंडित जी के स्वागत में जोरदार तालियाँ…

(गायिका शारदादेवी के स्वरों के साथ पंडित राधेश्याम की उँगलियाँ तबले पर थिरकने लगती हैं। लोग वाह-वाह करते हैं। तालियों की गड़गड़ाहट से सभागार गूंज उठता है।)

मंच संचालक : वाह भाई वाह! वाह वाह। पंडित जी ने वाकई अपनी वाद्य कला से श्रोताओं का मन मोह लिया। सभागार में गूंजती हुई तालियों का शोर इसका सबूत है।

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! अब आप सुनेंगे अपनी चहेती लोकगीत गायिका राधा वर्मा को। वे आपको सावन माह की वर्षा की फुहारों के बीच गाए जाने वाले मधुर गीत कजरी के रस से सराबोर करेंगी। उनके साथ हारमोनियम पर हैं रामनाथ शर्माजी और ढोलक पर हैं पंडित राधारमण त्रिपाठी जी।

(राधा वर्मा जी अपने कजरी गीत से समां बाँध देती हैं और लोग तालियाँ बजाकर ‘वन्स मोर… वन्स मोर…’ कहकर शोर मचाते हैं।)

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! शांत रहिए… शांत! राधा जी आपके आग्रह का मान जरूर रखेंगी। राधा जी प्लीज! प्लीज!

(राधा वर्मा दूसरी बार कजरी गाना शुरू करती हैं। अब श्रोता भी उनके स्वर में स्वर मिलाकर गाना शुरू कर देते हैं।)

मंच संचालक : वाह! वाह! दोस्तो, कजरी गीत है ही ऐसा।

समूह में गाने पर इसका आनंद और ज्यादा, और ज्यादा बढ़ने लगता । है। वाह भाई वाह!

मंच संचालक : अब मंच पर आपके समक्ष हैं प्रसिद्ध भजन गायक सुमित संत जी। संत जी की गायकी से तो आप सब परिचित ही हैं। अपने भजनों से संत जी आपको भक्ति रस से सराबोर कर देंगे। सुमित जी के साथ तबले पर हैं कामता प्रसाद जी। हारमोनियम 1 पर हैं रामदास और सारंगीवादन कर रहे हैं प्रभु नारायण जी।

(सुमित संत ‘पायोजी मैंने रामरतन धन पायो’ तथा ‘मेरे तो गिरधर गोपाल दूसरो न कोई’ जैसे भजनों से श्रोताओं को भक्ति रस से सराबोर कर देते हैं। तालियों और वाह! वाह के स्वर गूंजते हैं।)

मंच संचालक : वाह भाई! मेरे तो गिरधर गोपाल… (गुनगुनाते । हैं) वाह! भक्ति रस का जवाब नहीं। आत्मा-परमात्मा का मिलन
कराने वाला रस है भक्ति रस। वाह! वाह! वाह!

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! अब आपको हम गजल गायकी की दुनिया में ले चलते हैं। मंच पर आपके सामने हैं प्रसिद्ध गजल गायक राजेंद्र शर्मा जी। गजल संभ्रांत श्रोताओं का गीत है। गजल के कई गायकों को अंतरराष्ट्रीय ख्याति प्राप्त है। श्री राजेंद्र शर्मा जी…

(राजेंद्र शर्मा की गायकी पर श्रोता झूमते हैं। एक-एक शब्द पर दाद देते हैं। वाह-वाह के शब्द सुनाई देते हैं। राजेंद्र शर्मा अपना गायन समाप्त करते हैं। तालियों की गड़गड़ाहट होती हैं।)

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! अब आप के समक्ष सितारवादक रमाशंकर जी तंत्रवाद्य सितार की मधुर ध्वनि से आपका मनोरंजन करने आ रहे है। सितारवादक रविशंकर का नाम तो आपने सुना ही होगा। अब सुनिए रमाशंकर जी को।

(सितारवादक रमाशंकर अपने सितार पर मधुर ध्वनि से श्रोताओं को मंत्रमुग्ध कर देते हैं। तालियों की गडगडाहट होती है।)

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! मृदंग के मधुर स्वर से तो आप परिचित ही होंगे। मृदंग मंदिरों में बजाया जाने वाला वाद्य हैं। इसके अलावा गाँवों में देवी-देवताओं की पूजा-अर्चना में मृदंग वाद्य का प्रयोग होता है। तो सुनिए अब मृदंग के मधुर स्वर पंडित कमलाकांत शर्मा जी से।

(पंडित कमलाकांत अपने मृदंग पर ऐसी थपकियाँ देते हैं कि श्रोता वाह-वाह करने लगते हैं।)

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! अब हम एक ऐसे वाद्य और उसे बजाने वाले व्यक्ति से आपका परिचय कराते हैं, जो वाद्य पुराने जमाने में लड़ाई के समय सैनिकों में उत्साह पैदा करने के लिए बजाया जाता था। लेकिन आजकल इसका प्रयोग गाँवों में नौटंकियों में किया जाता है। इसका नाम है नगाड़ा। आज इसे मंच पर बजा रहे हैं पंडित श्यामनारायण जी। श्यामनारायण जी का पेशा ही है नौटंकियों में नगाड़ा बजाना। तो श्यामनारायण जी… कड़कड़… कड़कड़… धम्म!

(श्यामनारायण जी नौटंकी की तर्ज पर नगाड़ा बजाते हैं। श्रोता मस्ती से सिर हिलाते हैं। कुछ दर्शक अपने स्थान पर खड़े होकर नगाड़े की तर्ज पर अभिनय भी करने लगते हैं। श्यामनारायण जी नगाड़ा वादन बंद करते हैं। तालियों की गड़गड़ाहट होती हैं।)

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! अब मैं आपके सामने आपका परिचित वाद्य यानी बाँसुरी बजाने वाले कलाकार को मंच पर अपने बाँसुरी वादन से आपका मनोरंजन करने के लिए बुलाता हूँ। दोस्तो! बाँसुरी की धून बहुत कर्णप्रिय होती है। भगवान श्री कृष्ण की बाँसुरी सुनकर गायें तक उनके पास दौड़ी चली आती थीं। तो शीतल यादव जी मंच पर अपनी बाँसुरी के साथ आपके सामने हैं।

(शीतल यादव बाँसुरी बजाते हैं। उनकी बाँसुरी की धुन से पंडाल गूंजने लगता है। तालियाँ बजती हैं।)

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! संगीत महोत्सव का कार्यक्रम हो और उसमें फिल्मी गीत-संगीत का समावेश न हो, ऐसा कैसे हो सकता है। दोस्तो! हम आज आपको फिल्मी गीतों के करावके संगीत की महफिल में ले चलते हैं। तो फिर देर किस बात की।…

(मंच पर करावके संगीत बजता है। इसमें सन 1960 से लेकर सन 1980 तक के मधुर गीतों के मुखड़ों संगीत बजते हैं और गायक मधुर स्वर में इन गीतों को गाते हैं।)

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! आपको पॉप संगीत का मजा दिलाए बिना भला हम कैसे जाने देंगे। ऐसी कल्पना भी मत कीजिए। तो हो जाए धम… धमा… धम…।
(मंच पर दिल दहला देने वाला पॉप संगीत बजता है। लोग इस संगीत के साथ नाचने लगते हैं।)

मंच संचालक : अरे भाई, हम तो भूल ही गए। हमारे बीच एक १ बहुत ही उदीयमान कलाकार कब से अपनी बारी की प्रतीक्षा कर १ रहे हैं। ये हैं बैंजो वादक मास्टर देवांश पांडेय जी। तो पांडेय जी, शुरू हो जाइए।

(देवांश पांडेय जी अपने बैंजो वादन से श्रोताओं को मंत्रमुग्ध कर देते हैं। चारों ओर से वाह-वाह का शोर होता हैं।)

मंच संचालक : अरे भाई, हमें पता है कि आप हमारे चहेते कलाकार पुत्तूचेरी पिल्लई को सुने बिना नहीं जाने वाले हैं। भाइयो! आखिर में आपके सामने श्रीमान पिल्लई साहब ही आ रहे हैं। आप तो जानते ही हैं कि वे –
प्यारा भारत देश हमारा।
हमको प्राणों से है प्यारा।

गीत हिंदी, मराठी, गुजराती, तमिल और तेलुगु भाषाओं में सुनाते १ हैं। आप यह देशभक्तिपूर्ण मधुर गीत सुनिए।

(श्री पिल्लई पाँच भाषाओं में यह गीत गाते हैं। तालियाँ बजती है।) (गीत समाप्त होता हैं।)

मंच संचालक : दोस्तो! इस गीत के साथ ही हमारा आज का संगीत महोत्सव का यह समारोह समाप्त होता है।

॥ जय हिंद ।।
(राष्ट्रगान बजता है, परदा गिरता है।)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 16 मैं उद्घोषक 1

मैं उद्घोषक Summary in Hindi

मैं उद्घोषक लेखक का परिचय

मैं उद्घोषक लेखक का नाम :
आनंद प्रकाश सिंह। (जन्म : 21 जुलाई, 1958.)

मैं उद्घोषक प्रमुख कृतियाँ :
पत्र-पत्रिकाओं में विभिन्न विषयों पर लेख, समीक्षाएँ, कहानियाँ, कविताएँ आदि प्रकाशित।

मैं उद्घोषक विशेषता :
पंडित भीमसेन जोशी तथा कई अन्य प्रसिद्ध व्यक्तियों द्वारा लेखक के सूत्र-संचालन की प्रशंसा। किंग ऑफ वॉईस, संस्कृति शिरोमणि तथा अखिल आकाशवाणी जैसे पुरस्कारों से सम्मानित।

मैं उद्घोषक विधा :
आत्मकथा। आत्मकथा लेखन हिंदी साहित्य में रोचक और पठनीय लेखन माना जाता है। अपने अनुभवों तथा व्यक्तिगत प्रसंगों को पूरी निष्ठा से बताना आत्मकथा की पहली शर्त है। आत्मकथा उत्तम पुरुष वाचक सर्वनाम ‘मैं’ में लिखी जाती है।

मैं उद्घोषक विषय प्रवेश :
आजकल मंच संचालन अथवा सूत्र संचालन बहुत लोकप्रिय और महत्त्वपूर्ण माना जाता है। लेखक एक सफल मंच संचालक और सूत्र संचालक रहे हैं। प्रस्तुत लेख में उन्होंने बताया है कि सफल उद्घोषक अथवा मंच संचालक बनने के लिए व्यक्ति में कौन-कौन से आवश्यक गुण होने चाहिए। लेखक के अनुसार कार्यक्रम की सफलता मंच संचालक अथवा सूत्र संचालक के आकर्षक एवं उत्तम संचालन तथा उसके अपने विशेष गुणों पर आधारित होती है।

मैं उद्घोषक पाठ का सार

प्रस्तुत पाठ में यह बताया गया है कि एक सफल उद्घोषक बनने के लिए व्यक्ति में कौन-कौन से गुण होने चाहिए और इसमें रोजगार की क्या संभावनाएँ हैं। इस लेख के लेखक स्वयं लंबे अरसे तक एक प्रतिष्ठित उद्घोषक रहे हैं। इस आत्मकथात्मक लेख में उन्होंने अपने अनुभव से अर्जित अनेक गुणों से परिचित कराया है।

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 16 मैं उद्घोषक 3

उद्घोषक, मंच संचालक और एंकर अलग-अलग नाम हैं उद्घोषक के। यह श्रोता और वक्ता को जोड़ने वाली कड़ी का काम करता है। किसी भी कार्यक्रम में मंच संचालक की भूमिका बहुत महत्त्वपूर्ण होती है। उद्घोषक ही आयोजकों तथा अतिथियों को मंच पर आमंत्रित करता है तथा पूरे कार्यक्रम का संचालन करता है।

उदघोषक बनने के लिए कठिन अभ्यास की आवश्यकता होती है। आरंभ में मंच पर बोलने में सबको झिझक होती है। पर हिम्मत जुटाकर अभ्यास करते रहने से यह झिझक दूर हो जाती है। अधिकांश मंच संचालकों के साथ ऐसी घटनाएँ अकसर होती हैं। धीरे-धीरे उनमें आत्मविश्वास आ जाता है।

सूत्र संचालन के कई प्रकार होते हैं। इसके मुख्य प्रकार हैं – शासकीय कार्यक्रम का सूत्र संचालन, दूरदर्शन हेतु सूत्र संचालन, रेडियो हेतु सूत्र संचालन, राजनीतिक, सामाजिक तथा सांस्कृतिक
कार्यक्रमों का सूत्र संचालन।

शासकीय एवं राजनीतिक समारोहों के सूत्र संचालन में प्रोटोकॉल १ का ध्यान रखते हुए अधिकारियों के पदों के अनुसार नामों की सूची बनाकर किसका किसके हाथों स्वागत करना है, इसकी योजना बनानी पड़ती है। इसमें आलंकारिक भाषा का प्रयोग नहीं करना चाहिए।

दूरदर्शन तथा रेडियो कार्यक्रम का सूत्र संचालन करने के लिए इन पर प्रसारित किए जाने वाले कार्यक्रमों की पूरी जानकारी होनी जरूरी है। इनके कार्यक्रमों की संहिता लिखकर तैयार करनी होती है।

सूत्र संचालन करते समय रोचकता, रंजकता तथा विभिन्न प्रसंगों का उल्लेख कार्यक्रम में करने से उसमें जान आ जाती है। कार्यक्रम और श्रोताओं के अनुसार भाषा का प्रयोग जरूरी होता है।

सत्र संचालक को यह ध्यान रखना होता है कि जिस प्रकार का कार्यक्रम हो उसी तरह की उसकी तैयारी की जानी चाहिए और उसी तरह उसकी संहिता लेखन करना चाहिए। संचालक को चाहिए कि वह संचालन के लिए आवश्यक तत्त्वों का अध्ययन करे।

सूत्र संचालक में कुछ गुणों का होना आवश्यक है। उसे मिलनसार, हँसमुख, हाजिरजवाबी तथा विविध विषयों का जानकार होने के साथ भाषा पर उसका अधिकार होना चाहिए। इसके अलावा उसे आयोजकों की ओर से अचानक मिली सूचना के अनुसार संहिता में परिवर्तन कर संचालन करना आना चाहिए।

लेखक कहते हैं कि कार्यक्रम कोई भी हो, मंच संचालक को मंच की गरिमा बनाए रखनी चाहिए। मंच पर आने वाला पहला व्यक्ति मंच संचालक होता है। अतएव उसका परिधान, वेशभूषा, केश सज्जा आदि सहज और गरिमामय होना चाहिए। उसका व्यक्तित्व और आत्मविश्वास उसके शब्दों में उतरना चाहिए।

सतर्कता, सहजता और उत्साह वर्धन उद्घोषक के मुख्य गुण हैं। उद्घोषक को कार्यक्रम का आरंभ रोचक ढंग से करना चाहिए। बीच-बीच में प्रसंग के अनुसार चुटकुले, शेर-ओ-शायरी के अंश का प्रयोग करना चाहिए। इसके लिए उद्घोषक को निरंतर अध्ययन करते रहना होता है।

उपर्युक्त बातों पर ध्यान देने वाला व्यक्ति अच्छा उद्घोषक बन सकता है। मंच पर उद्घोषक श्रोता एवं दर्शकों के समक्ष होता है, पर रेडियो और कभी-कभी टीवी का सूत्रधार परदे के पीछे होता है। उसकी केवल आवाज सुनाई देती है। लेकिन उसका दायरा विस्तृत होता है। तब उसको अपनी आवाज का कमाल दिखाना होता है।

इस क्षेत्र में रोजगार की पर्याप्त संभावनाएँ हैं। विशेषकर भाषा का अध्ययन करने वाले विद्याथियों के लिए। सूत्र संचालन में तो भाषा की महत्त्वपूर्ण भूमिका होती है।

मैं उद्घोषक शब्दार्थ

वक्ता	बोलने वाला।
नामचीन	नामी, मशहूर।
भूरि-भूरि	बहुत ज्यादा।
हस्ती	व्यक्तित्व।
गौरवान्वित	गौरवयुक्त।
अहम	महत्त्वपूर्ण।
पापड़ बेलना	घोर परिश्रम करना, बहुत कष्ट झेलना।
थरथराना	काँपना।
हकलाना	जिह्वा के दोष के कारण रुकरुककर बोलना।
शासकीय	सरकारी।
प्रोटोकॉल	शिष्टाचारपूर्वक, विधिवत।
सत्कार	सम्मान।
आलंकारिक	अलंकारयुक्त।
संहिता	सूची।
संकलन	संग्रह।
सेतु	पुल।
सटीक	बिलकुल ठीक।
मुशायरा	शायरों का इकट्ठा होकर शेर पढ़ना।
हाजिरजवाबी	बात का तुरंत बढ़िया जवाब सोच लेने की शक्ति।
ज्ञाता	जानकार।
परिधान	पहनने का कपड़ा।
गरिमामयी	गौरवमयी।
सतर्कता	सावधानी।
जिज्ञासाभरा	जानने की इच्छा से परिपूर्ण।
प्रेरणादायक	प्रेरणा देने वाली।
रोजगार	जीविका।

Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Maharashtra Board

Class 12 Hindi Chapter 15 Feature Lekhan Question Answer Maharashtra Board

March 26, 2025March 25, 2025 by Bhagya

Std 12 Hindi Chapter 15 Feature Lekhan Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 15 फीचर लेखन Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 15 फीचर लेखन Questions And Answers

12th Hindi Guide Chapter 15 फीचर लेखन Textbook Questions and Answers

कृति-स्वाध्याय एवं उत्तर

पाठ पर आधारित

प्रश्न 1.
फीचर लेखन की विशेषताएँ लिखिए।
उत्तर :
फीचर किसी विशेष घटना, व्यक्ति, जीव-जंतु, स्थान, प्रकृति-परिवेश से संबंधित व्यक्तिगत अनुभूतियों पर आधारित आलेख होता है। फीचर समाचारों को नया आयाम देता है, उनका परीक्षण करता है तथा उन पर नया प्रकाश डालता है। फीचर समाचारपत्र का प्राण तत्त्व होता है। पाठक की प्यास बुझाने, घटना की मनोरंजनात्मक अभिव्यक्ति की कला का नाम फीचर है। फीचर किसी गद्य गीत की तरह होता है जो बहुत लंबा, नीरस और गंभीर नहीं होना चाहिए। इससे पाठक बोर हो जाते हैं और ऐसे फीचर , कोई पढ़ना नहीं चाहता। फीचर किसी विषय का मनोरंजक शैली में विस्तृत विवेचन है।

अच्छा फीचर नवीनतम जानकारी से परिपूर्ण होता है। किसी घटना की सत्यता, तथ्यता फीचर का मुख्य तत्त्व है। फीचर लेखन में शब्द चयन अत्यंत महत्त्वपूर्ण है। लेखन की भाषा सहज, संप्रेषणीयता से परिपूर्ण होनी चाहिए। प्रसिद्ध व्यक्तियों के कथनों, उद्धरणों, लोकोक्तियों और मुहावरों का प्रयोग फीचर में है चार चाँद लगा देता है। फीचर लेखन में भावप्रधानता होनी चाहिए, क्योंकि नीरस फीचर कोई भी नहीं पढ़ना चाहता।

फीचर से संबंधित तथ्यों का आधार दिया जाना चाहिए। विश्वसनीयता के लिए फीचर ३ में तार्किकता आवश्यक है। तार्किकता के बिना फीचर अविश्वसनीय ३ बन जाता है। फीचर में विषय की नवीनता होना आवश्यक है, क्योंकि उसके अभाव में फीचर अपठनीय हो जाता है। फीचर में किसी व्यक्ति अथवा घटना विशेष का उदाहरण दिया गया हो तो उसकी संक्षिप्त जानकारी भी देनी चाहिए।

फीचर के विषयानुकूल चित्रों, कार्टूनों अथवा फोटो का उपयोग किया जाए तो फीचर अधिक प्रभावशाली बन जाता है। फीचर लेखन में राष्ट्रीय स्तर के तथा अन्य महत्त्वपूर्ण तथा समसामयिक विषयों का समावेश होना है चाहिए। फीचर पाठक की मानसिक योग्यता और शैक्षिक पृष्ठभूमि के अनुसार होना चाहिए।

प्रश्न 2.
फीचर लेखन के सोपानों को स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर :
फीचर लेखन की प्रक्रिया के निम्नलिखित सोपान हैं :

प्रस्तावना : प्रस्तावना में फीचर के विषय का संक्षिप्त परिचय दिया जाता है। यह परिचय आकर्षक और विषयानुकूल होना चाहिए। परिचय पढ़कर पाठकों के मन में फीचर पढ़ने की जिज्ञासा जाग्रत होती है और पाठक अंत तक फीचर से जुड़ा रहता है।
विवरण अथवा मुख्य कलेवर : फीचर में विवरण का महत्त्वपूर्ण स्थान है। फीचर में लेखक स्वयं के अनुभव, लोगों से प्राप्त जानकारी और विषय की क्रमबद्धता, रोचकता के साथ-साथ संतुलित तथा आकर्षक शब्दों में पिरोकर उसे पाठकों के सम्मुख रखता है जिससे फीचर पढ़ने वाले को ज्ञान और अनुभव से संपन्न कर दे।
उपसंहार : यह अनुच्छेद संपूर्ण फीचर का सार अथवा निचोड़ होता है। इसमें फीचर लेखक फीचर का निष्कर्ष भी प्रस्तुत कर सकता है अथवा कुछ अनुत्तरित प्रश्न पाठकों के ऊपर भी छोड़ सकता है। उपसंहार ऐसा होना चाहिए जिससे पाठक को विषय से संबंधित ज्ञान भी मिल जाए और उसकी जिज्ञासा भी बनी रहे।
शीर्षक : विषय का ओचित्यपूर्ण शीर्षक फीचर की आत्मा है। शीर्षक संक्षिप्तं रोचक और जिज्ञासावर्धक होना चाहिए। नवीनता, आकर्षकता और ज्ञानवृद्धि उत्तम शीर्षक के गुण हैं।

प्रश्न 3.
फीचर लेखन करते समय बरती जाने वाली सावधानियों पर प्रकाश डालिए।
उत्तर :
फीचर लेखन करते समय बरती जाने वाली सावधानियाँ :

फीचर लेखन में आरोप-प्रत्यारोप करने से बचना चाहिए।
फीचर लेखन में आलंकारिक और अति क्लिष्ट भाषा का है प्रयोग नहीं करना चाहिए।
फीचर लेखन में अति नाटकीयता से बचना चाहिए।
झूठा तथ्यात्मक आँकड़े, प्रसंग अथवा घटनाओं का उल्लेख है करना उचित नहीं।
फीचर लेखन में अति कल्पनाओं और हवाई बातों के प्रयोग है से बचना चाहिए।
फीचर लेखन में भावप्रधानता होनी चाहिए, क्योंकि नीरस फीचर कोई भी नहीं पढ़ना चाहता।
फीचर बहुत लंबा, ऊबाऊ और गंभीर नहीं होना चाहिए। फीचर में विषय की नवीनता होना आवश्यक है।
फीचर लेखन की भाषा सहज, संप्रेषणीयता से परिपूर्ण होनी चाहिए।
फीचर से संबंधित तथ्यों का आधार दिया जाना चाहिए। विश्वसनीयता के लिए फीचर में तार्किकता आवश्यक है।
फीचर लेखन पाठक की मानसिक योग्यता और शैक्षिक पृष्ठभूमि को ध्यान में रखकर किया जाना चाहिए।
फीचर में किसी व्यक्ति अथवा घटना विशेष का उदाहरण दिया गया हो तो उसकी संक्षिप्त जानकारी भी देनी चाहिए।
फीचर के विषयानुकूल चित्रों, कार्टूनों अथवा फोटो का उपयोग किया जाए तो फीचर अधिक प्रभावशाली बन है जाता है।
फीचर लेखन में राष्ट्रीय स्तर के तथा अन्य महत्त्वपूर्ण तथा समसामयिक विषयों का समावेश होना चाहिए।

व्यावहारिक प्रयोग

प्रश्न 4.
भारत के अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम पर फीचर लेखन कीजिए।
उत्तर :
भारत का अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम डॉ विक्रम साराभाई की संकल्पना है। उन्हें भारतीय अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम का जनक कहा जाता है। वर्तमान में इस कार्यक्रम की कमान भारतीय अंतरिक्ष अनुसंधान संगठन (इसरो) के हाथों में है। इसरो की स्थापना 1969 में डॉ. विक्रम साराभाई की अध्यक्षता में की गई। इसका मुख्यालय बंगलौर में है। भारत ने अपने पहले अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम की शुरुआत बेहद सीमित संसाधनों के साथ की थी।

जब पहले उपग्रह को अंतरिक्ष में भेजा गया तब शायद ही किसी ने सोचा हो कि भारत का अंतरिक्ष यान किसी दिन मंगल ग्रह के लिए जा सकेगा। भारत के अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम से कई बड़े वैज्ञानिक जुड़े रहे हैं। पूर्व राष्ट्रपति डॉ. ए. पी. जे. अब्दुल कलाम भी भारत के अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम में योगदान दे चुके हैं।

स्थापना के बाद से ही भारतीय अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम अच्छी तरह से ऑर्केस्ट्रेटेड किया गया है और इसमें संचार और रिमोट सेंसिंग के लिए उपग्रह, अंतरिक्ष परिवहन प्रणाली और अनुप्रयोग कार्यक्रम जैसे तीन अलग-अलग तत्त्व थे। प्राकृतिक संसाधनों और आपदा प्रबंधन सहायता की निगरानी और प्रबंधन के लिए दूरसंचार, टेलिविजन प्रसारण और मौसम संबंधी सेवाओं और रिमोट सेंसिंग सैटेलाइट के लिए दो प्रमुख परिपालन प्रणालियों को भारतीय राष्ट्रीय उपग्रह स्थापित किया गया है।

1960 और 1970 के दशक के दौरान भारत ने भू राजनीतिक और आर्थिक विचारों के कारण अपना स्वयं का लॉन्च वाहन कार्यक्रम प्रारंभ किया। देश ने एक साउंडिंग रॉकेट प्रोग्राम विकसित किया और 1980 के दशक तक सैटेलाइट लॉन्च व्हीकल – 3 और अधिक उन्नत, संवर्धित सैटेलाइट लॉन्च व्हीकल (ए एस एल वी) को परिचालन सहायक बुनियादी ढाँचे के साथ पूरा किया।

सबसे पहले धुंबा को रॉकेट लॉन्चिग सेंटर के तौर पर चुना गया था। धरती की भू चुंबकीय भूमध्य रेखा धुंबा से गुजरती है। भारत ने पहला रॉकेट 21 नवंबर 1963 को लॉन्च किया था यानी मंगल यान से करीब 50 साल पहले। ये एक नाइक-अपाचे रॉकेट था। 1975 में भारत ने अपना पहला उपग्रह आर्यभट्ट लॉन्च किया और इस तरह अंतरिक्ष युग में प्रवेश किया। इसका वजन सिर्फ 360 किलोग्राम था और इसका नाम प्राचीन भारत के प्रसिद्ध खगोलविद आर्यभट्ट के नाम पर रखा गया था।

भास्कर – 1 भारत का पहला रिमोट सेंसिंग सैटेलाइट था, इस उपग्रह का कैमरा जो तस्वीरें भेजता था, उन्हें वन, पानी और सागरों के अध्ययन में इस्तेमाल किया जाता था। चंद्रयान का भारत के अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम में महत्त्वपूर्ण स्थान है। चंद्रयान ने चंद्रमा की सतह पर पानी की खोज की थी।

इसरो ने प्रक्षेपण यान प्रौद्योगिकी की उन्नति के लिए अपनी ऊर्जा को आगे बढ़ाया, जिसके परिणामस्वरूप पी एस एल वी और जी एस एल वी प्रौद्योगिकियों का निर्माण हुआ। पिछले साढ़े चार दशकों में भारत का अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम ने एक सुसंगठित, आत्मनिर्भर कार्यक्रम के माध्यम से प्रभावशाली प्रगति की है।

प्रश्न 5.
लता मंगेशकर पर फीचर लेखन कीजिए।
उत्तर :
भारतरत्न लता मंगेशकर भारत की अप्रतिम गायिका हैं। उनकी मधुर आवाज की पूरी दुनिया दीवानी है। पिछले छह-सात दशकों से भारतीय सिनेमा को अपनी आवाज के जादू से सराबोर करने वाली लता का जन्म 28 सितंबर, 1929 को इंदौर के मराठी परिवार में पंडित दीनदयाल के घर में हुआ। लता के पिता रंगमंच के कलाकार और गायक भी थे। अतः संगीत लता को विरासत में मिला। लता के जन्म के कुछ दिन बाद ही इनका परिवार महाराष्ट्र चला गया।

लता मंगेशकर ने अपनी संगीत यात्रा का प्रारंभ मराठी फिल्मों से किया। इन्होंने ‘हिंदुस्तान क्लासिकल म्यूजिक’ के उस्ताद अमानत अली खान से क्लासिकल संगीत सीखना शुरु किया। भारत बँटवारे के बाद उस्ताद अमानत अली खान के पाकिस्तान चले जाने के बाद लता ने बड़े गुलाम अली खान, पंडित तुलसीदास शर्मा तथा उस्ताद अमानत खान देवसल्ले से संगीत सीखा।

गुलाम हैदर ने 1948 में लता को ‘मजबूर’ फिल्म में पहला ब्रेक दिया। तब से लेकर 1989 तक लता मंगेशकर ने 30000 से भी अधिक गाने गाए हैं, जो अपने आप में एक रिकॉर्ड है। इस दौर में हिंदी फिल्म इंडस्ट्री का शायद ही कोई ऐसा फिल्म निर्देशक और संगीत निर्देशक होगा, जिसके साथ लता जी ने काम न किया हो। लता मंगेशकर अत्यंत शांत स्वभाव और प्रतिभा की धनी हैं।

उन्होंने रागों पर आधारित अनेक गाने गाए, तो दूसरी ओर ‘अल्लाह. तेरो नाम’ और ‘प्रभु तेरो नाम’ जैसे भजन भी गाए, वहीं 1963 में पंडित जवाहरलाल नेहरू की उपस्थिति में देश का सबसे जीवंत गीत ‘ऐ मेरे वतन के लोगों’ गाया। इस गाने को सुनते समय नेहरू जी की आँखों से आँसू बह निकले थे।

लता मंगेशकर भारतीय संगीत में महत्त्वपूर्ण योगदान देने के लिए पद्मभूषण, पद्मविभूषण, दादा साहेब फाल्के अवॉर्ड, महाराष्ट्र भूषण अवॉर्ड, भारतरत्न, 3 बार राष्ट्रीय फिल्म अवॉर्ड, बंगाल फिल्म पत्रकार संगठन अवॉर्ड, फिल्म फेअर लाइफटाइम अचीवमंट अवॉर्ड सहित अनेक अवॉर्ड जीत चुकी हैं। आज पूरी संगीत दुनिया उनके आगे नतमस्तक है।

फीचर के प्रकार

समाचार फीचर
खोजपरक फीचर
मानवीय रुचिपरक फीचर
सांस्कृतिक कार्यक्रमों से संबंधित फीचर
व्याख्यात्मक फीचर
ऐतिहासिक फीचर
जन रुचि के विषयों पर आधारित फीचर
विज्ञान फीचर
खेल-कूद फीचर
फोटो फीचर
पर्वोत्सवी फीचर
इलेक्ट्रॉनिक माध्यमों पर आधारित फीचर
विशेष घटनाओं पर आधारित फीचर
व्यक्तिगत फीचर
रेडियो फीचर

फीचर लेखन Summary in Hindi

फीचर लेखन का परिचय

फीचर लेखन लेखक का नाम :
डॉ. बीना शर्मा। (जन्म 20 अक्तूबर 1959.)

फीचर लेखन प्रमुख कृतियाँ :
‘हिंदी शिक्षण – अंतर्राष्ट्रीय परिप्रेक्ष्य’, ‘भारतीय सांस्कृतिक प्रतीक’ आदि।

फीचर लेखन विशेषता :
डॉ. बीना का लेखन शिक्षा क्षेत्र और भारतीय संस्कृति से प्रेरित है। स्त्री विमर्श और समसामयिक विषयों पर आपका विशेष लेखन। आपका साहित्य भारतीय संस्कारों और जीवन मूल्यों के प्रति आग्रही है।

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 15 फीचर लेखन 3

फीचर लेखन विषय प्रवेश :
आज के दौर में फीचर लेखन पत्रकारिता क्षेत्र का आधार स्तंभ बन गया है। फीचर का मुख्य कार्य पाठक के सम्मुख किसी विषय का सजीव वर्णन करना होता है। प्रस्तुत पाठ में लेखिका फीचर लेखन का स्वरूप, उसकी विशेषताएँ, प्रकार आदि पर प्रकाश डालते हुए इस तथ्य को उद्भासित कर रही है कि फीचर लेखन जहाँ एक ओर समाज के दर्पण के रूप में कार्य कर सकता है, वहीं यह आजीविका का स्रोत भी बन सकता है।

फीचर लेखन पाठ का सार

स्नेहा एक पत्रकार है। आज वह और उसका पूरा परिवार आनंद और गर्व की भावना से भरा है। पत्रकारिता के क्षेत्र में फीचर लेखन के लिए दिए जाने वाले ‘सर्वश्रेष्ठ फीचर लेखन’ के लिए स्नेहा को राष्ट्रीय पुरस्कार से सम्मानित किया गया है। आज उसके परिवार द्वारा एक पार्टी का आयोजन किया गया है। स्नेहा के पति, उसके सास-ससुर, पुत्री प्रिया और पुत्र नैतिक उसे बधाई दे रहे हैं। स्नेहा की आँखों में खुशी के आँसू हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 15 फीचर लेखन 1

स्नेहा अतीत में खो जाती है। बी. ए. कर लेने के बाद पिता द्वारा भविष्य के बारे में पूछने पर वह पत्रकारिता का कोर्स करने है की इच्छा प्रकट करती है, जिसे माता द्वारा भी समर्थन मिलता है। स्नेहा पत्रकारिता का कोर्स ज्वाइन कर लेती है। पत्रकारिता की कक्षा का प्रथम दिवस – पहले लेक्चर में प्रोफेसर ने पत्रकारिता पाठ्यक्रम का पहला पेपर पढ़ाना शुरु किया। विषय था – फीचर लेखन। उन्होंने फीचर लेखन की विभिन्न परिभाषाओं को समझाते हुए कहा – फीचर लेखन के क्षेत्र में चर्चित जेम्स डेविस कहते हैं – ‘फीचर समाचारों को नया आयाम देता है, उनका परीक्षण करता है तथा उन पर नया प्रकाश डालता है।’

स्नेहा की फीचर लेखन में विशेष रुचि थी। उसके द्वारा प्रसिद्ध फीचर लेखक पी. डी. टंडन का उल्लेख करने पर प्रोफेसर ने बताया कि पी. डी. टंडन के अनुसार ‘फीचर किसी गद्य गीत की तरह होता है, जो बहुत लंबा, नीरस और गंभीर नहीं होना चाहिए। इससे पाठक बोर हो जाते हैं और ऐसे फीचर कोई पढ़ना नहीं चाहता। फीचर किसी विषय का मनोरंजक शैली में विस्तृत विवेचन है।’

इन परिभाषाओं के द्वारा स्नेहा अच्छी तरह समझ गई कि फीचर समाचारपत्र का प्राण तत्त्व होता है। पाठक की प्यास बुझाने, घटना की मनोरंजनात्मक अभिव्यक्ति की कला का नाम फीचर है। पत्रकारिता कोर्स के बीतते दिन-महीने, फीचर लेखन के संबंध में सुने हुए लेक्चर्स, प्रोफेसरों के साथ की गई चर्चाएँ, अध्ययन, परीक्षा, फीचर लेखन का प्रारंभ फीचर लेखन और आज का दिन। फीचर लेखन की सिद्धहस्त लेखिका बनना ही स्नेहा का एकमात्र सपना था।

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 15 फीचर लेखन 4

स्नेहा को याद आ रहा है वह दिन जब उसे पत्रकारिता कोर्स में फीचर लेखन पर व्याख्यान देने के लिए बुलाया गया था। आज उसे अपना परिश्रम सार्थक होता नजर आ रहा था। रोचक प्रसंगों के साथ स्नेहा फीचर लेखन की विशेषताएँ बताने लगी – अच्छा फीचर नवीनतम जानकारी से परिपूर्ण होता है।

किसी घटना की सत्यता, तथ्यता फीचर का मुख्य तत्त्व है। फीचर लेखन में राष्ट्रीय स्तर के तथा अन्य महत्त्वपूर्ण विषयों का समावेश होना चाहिए क्योंकि समाचारपत्र दूर-दूर तक जाते हैं। साथ ही फीचर का विषय समसामयिक होना चाहिए।

फीचर लेखन में भावप्रधानता होनी चाहिए, क्योंकि नीरस फीचर कोई भी नहीं पढ़ना चाहता। फीचर से संबंधित तथ्यों का आधार दिया जाना चाहिए। विश्वसनीयता के लिए फीचर में तार्किकता आवश्यक है। तार्किकता के बिना फीचर अविश्वसनीय बन जाता है। फीचर में विषय की नवीनता होना आवश्यक है क्योंकि उसके अभाव में फीचर अपठनीय हो जाता है। फीचर में किसी व्यक्ति अथवा घटना विशेष का उदाहरण दिया गया हो तो उसकी संक्षिप्त जानकारी भी देनी चाहिए।

फीचर लेखन करते समय लेखक को पाठक की मानसिक योग्यता और शैक्षिक पृष्ठभूमि को ध्यान में रखना चाहिए। प्रसिद्ध व्यक्तियों के कथनों, उद्धरणों, लोकोक्तियों और मुहावरों का प्रयोग फीचर में चार चाँद लगा देता है। फीचर लेखक को निष्पक्ष रूप से अपना मत व्यक्त करना चाहिए तभी पाठक उसके विचारों से सहमत हो सकेगा। फीचर लेखन में शब्द चयन अत्यंत महत्त्वपूर्ण है। लेखन की भाषा सहज, संप्रेषणीयता से परिपूर्ण होनी चाहिए। फीचर के विषयानुकूल चित्रों, कार्टूनों अथवा फोटो का उपयोग किया जाए तो फीचर अधिक प्रभावशाली बन जाता है।

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Hindi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 15 फीचर लेखन 2

एक विद्यार्थी के पूछने पर स्नेहा बताती है कि फीचर किसी विशेष घटना, व्यक्ति, जीव-जंतु, तीज-त्योहार, दिन, स्थान, प्रकृतिपरिवेश से संबंधित व्यक्तिगत अनुभूतियों पर आधारित आलेख होता है। इस आलेख को कल्पनाशीलता, सृजनात्मक कौशल के साथ मनोरंजक और आकर्षक शैली में प्रस्तुत किया जाता है। फीचर अनेक प्रकार के हो सकते हैं।

फीचर लेखन मुख्य रूप से –

व्यक्तिपरक फीचर
सूचनात्मक फीचर
विवरणात्मक फीचर
विश्लेषणात्मक फीचर
साक्षात्कार
विज्ञापन फीचर

स्नेहा ने आगे फीचर लेखन करते समय बरती जाने वाली सावधानियों के बारे में बताया :

फीचर लेखन में आरोप-प्रत्यारोप करने से बचना चाहिए।
फीचर लेखन में क्लिष्ट और आलंकारिक भाषा का प्रयोग नहीं करना चाहिए।
फीचर लेखन में झूठे तथ्यात्मक आँकड़े, प्रसंग अथवा घटनाओं का उल्लेख करना उचित नहीं है।
फीचर अति नाटकीयता से परिपूर्ण नहीं होना चाहिए।
फीचर लेखन में लेखक को अति कल्पनाओं और हवाई बातं के प्रयोग से बचना चाहिए।

इन सभी सावधानियों को ध्यान रखेंगे तो फीचर लेखन अधिकाधिक विश्वसनीय और प्रभावी बन सकता है।

फीचर लेखन की प्रक्रिया पर प्रकाश डालते हुए स्नेहा ने बताया कि फीचर लेखन के मुख्य तीन अंग हैं :

विषय का चयन : फीचर लेखन में विषय का चयन करते समय इस बात का ध्यान रखना चाहिए कि विषय रोचक, ज्ञानवर्धक और उत्प्रेरित करने वाला हो। अतः फीचर का विषय समयानुकूल और समसामयिक होना चाहिए। विषय जिज्ञासा उत्पन्न करने वाला हो।
सामग्री का संकलन : फीचर लेखन में विषय संबंधी सामग्री का संकलन करना महत्त्वपूर्ण अंग है। उचित जानकारी और अनुभव के अभाव में लिखा गया फीचर नीरस सिद्ध हो सकता है। विषय से संबंधित उपलब्ध पुस्तकों, पत्र-पत्रिकाओं से सामग्री जुटाने के अलावा बहुत-सी सामग्री लोगों से मिलकर, कई स्थानों पर जाकर जुटानी पड़ती है।
फीचर योजना : फीचर लिखने से पहले फीचर का एक योजनाबद्ध ढाँचा बनाना चाहिए।

एक अन्य विद्यार्थी की जिज्ञासा शांत करते हुए स्नेहा ने बताया – निम्न चार सोपानों अथवा चरणों के आधार पर फीचर लिखा जाता है :

प्रस्तावना : प्रस्तावना में फीचर के विषय का संक्षिप्त परिचय होता है। यह परिचय आकर्षक और विषयानुकूल होना चाहिए। इससे पाठकों के मन में फीचर पढ़ने की जिज्ञासा जाग्रत होती है और पाठक अंत तक फीचर से जुड़ा रहता है।
विवरण अथवा मुख्य कलेवर : फीचर में विवरण का महत्त्वपूर्ण स्थान है। फीचर में लेखक स्वयं के अनुभव, लोगों से प्राप्त जानकारी और विषय की क्रमबद्धता, रोचकता के साथसाथ संतुलित तथा आकर्षक शब्दों में पिरोकर उसे पाठकों के सम्मुख रखता है जिससे फीचर पढ़ने वाले को ज्ञान और अनुभव से संपन्न कर दे।
उपसंहार : यह अनुच्छेद संपूर्ण फीचर का सार अथवा निचोड़ होता है। इसमें फीचर लेखक फीचर का निष्कर्ष भी प्रस्तुत कर सकता है अथवा कुछ अनुत्तरित प्रश्न पाठकों के ऊपर भी छोड़ सकता है। उपसंहार ऐसा होना चाहिए जिससे पाठक को विषय से संबंधित ज्ञान भी मिल जाए और उसकी जिज्ञासा भी बनी रहे।
शीर्षक : विषय का औचित्यपूर्ण शीर्षक फीचर की आत्मा है। शीर्षक संक्षिप्त, रोचक और जिज्ञासावर्धक होना चाहिए। नवीनता, आकर्षकता और ज्ञानवृद्धि उत्तम शीर्षक के गुण हैं।

फीचर लेखन शब्दार्थ

आनंदित	प्रसन्न।
सम्मानित	आदर किया हुआ।
उपलक्ष्य	उद्देश्य।
छलछलाना	आँसू भर आना।
समर्थन	किसी मत की पुष्टि।
पत्रकारिता	पत्रकार का काम।
चर्चित	जिसकी चर्चा की जाती हो।
आयाम	विस्तार।
परीक्षण	परीक्षा।
विश्लेषण	अलग करना।
परिभाषित	जिसकी परिभाषा की गई हो।
नीरस	जिसमें रस न हो।
मनोरंजक	मन को प्रसन्न करने वाला।
विस्तृत	विस्तार वाला।
विवेचन	व्याख्या।
प्राण तत्त्व	आत्मा।
प्रविष्ट	अंदर आना।
आँखें फटी-की-फटी रह जाना	बहुत अधिक आश्चर्य होना।
विख्यात	प्रसिद्ध।
बरबस	अचानक।
शीर्ष	सर्वोच्च।
सिद्धहस्त	जिसका हाथ कोई काम करने में मँजा हो।
व्याख्यान	भाषण।
सार्थक	सफल।
रोचक	रुचि उत्पन्न करने वाला।
परिपूर्ण	संपूर्ण।
तथ्यता	यथार्थता।
समावेश	शामिल होना।
समसामयिक	समकालीन, एक ही समय में होने वाला।
विश्वसनीयता	विश्वास के योग्य होने का गुण।
तार्किकता	तर्क करने की योग्यता।
अविश्वसनीय	विश्वास न करने योग्य।
अपठनीय	जो पढ़ने योग्य न हो।
उद्धरण	किसी लेख के अंश को दूसरे लेख में प्रयोग करना।
लोकोक्ति	लोगों द्वारा कही गई उक्ति अर्थात कथन।
निष्पक्ष	जो किसी तरह का पक्षपात न करता हो।
विषयानुकूल	विषय के अनुकूल।
आश्वस्त	जिसे आश्वासन दिया गया हो।
परिवेश	वातावरण।
अनुभूति	अनुभव।
आलेख	लेख।
व्यक्तिपरक	व्यक्तिगत।
सूचनात्मक	सूचना संबंधी।
विवरणात्मक	सविस्तार वर्णन वाला।
साक्षात्कार	भेंट।
सटीक	उचित।
तर्कसंगत	जो तर्क पर आधारित हो।
क्लिष्ट	कठिनाई से समझ में आने वाला।
चयन	चुनाव।
ज्ञानवर्धक	ज्ञान बढ़ाने वाला।
उत्प्रेरित	उत्साहित।
समयानुकूल	समय के अनुकूल।
संकलन	संग्रह।
मंतव्य	विचार।
सोपान	सीढ़ी।
कलेवर	ऊपरी ढाँचा।
क्रमबद्धता	क्रम के अनुसार।
अनुच्छेद	पैराग्राफ।
अनुत्तरित	जिसका उत्तर न दिया गया हो।
औचित्यपूर्ण	उपयुक्त।
जिज्ञासावर्धक	जानने की इच्छा बढ़ाने वाला।
शंका	प्रश्न।
समाधान	किसी प्रश्न का संतोषजनक उत्तर।
विख्यात	प्रसिद्ध।
योगदान	सहायता देना।
कुतूहल	अचरज।
कृतज्ञता	उपकार मानना।

Hindi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Maharashtra Board